<PAGE> 1
===============================================================================|
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1999
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED] FOR THE
TRANSITION PERIOD FROM _____________ TO _____________
Commission File Number 1-12804
MOBILE MINI, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Delaware 86-0748362
(State or other jurisdiction of (IRS Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)
1834 West 3rd Street
Tempe, Arizona 85281
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(480) 894-6311
(Registrant's Telephone Number)
Securities Registered Under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:
Title of Class Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value Nasdaq Stock Market
Preferred Share Purchase Rights
Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes[X] No[ ]
Indicate by checkmark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.[ ]
The aggregate market value on February 18, 2000 of the voting stock owned by
non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $162,875,000 (calculated by
excluding all shares held by executive officers, directors and non-institutional
holders of five percent or more of the voting power of the registrant, without
conceding that such persons are "affiliates" of the registrant for purposes of
the federal securities laws).
As of February 18, 2000, there were outstanding 11,440,856 shares of the
issuer's common stock, par value $.01.
Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the Proxy Statement for the
Registrant's 2000 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Certain
Exhibits are incorporated in Item 14 of this Report by reference to other
reports and registration statements of the Registrant which have been filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Exhibit Index is at page 44.
===============================================================================
<PAGE> 2
PART I
Except for historical information, the following description of Mobile Mini's
business contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those set forth
in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors,
including those set forth below in Item 1 in this report under the heading
"Factors That May Affect Future Operating Results."
ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS.
GENERAL
We are the nation's largest provider of portable storage solutions through a
lease fleet of over 37,000 storage units. We have 19 branch offices in 11
states. Our products provide attractive, accessible temporary storage for a
diversified customer base of over 36,000 customers, including Wal-Mart,
Motorola, Frito Lay, Holiday Inns, Target, numerous municipalities and the
Department of Defense. These customers use our products for excess inventory,
construction site storage, records and document storage and a host of other
applications. We obtain our portable storage units by purchasing used
ocean-going containers (ISOs), which we refurbish and modify, by manufacturing
our own units and by acquiring lease fleets from others. We offer a wide range
of products in varying lengths and widths with an assortment of differentiated
features such as our patented security systems, multiple doors, electrical
wiring and shelving. In addition to our leasing operations, we sell new and used
portable storage units and provide other ancillary services.
In 1996, we initiated a strategy of focusing on leasing rather than selling
portable storage units. We have been expanding our lease fleet since that time.
We believe that leasing our units is a more attractive business opportunity for
the following reasons:
- Our leases have an average life exceeding 19 months and produce
predictable, recurring revenues.
- Our average rental rates recover the cost of our investment within an
average of 26 months.
- Our portable storage units have useful lives exceeding 20 years with
residual values estimated at 70%.
- Leasing provides us incremental operating margins of approximately 60%
once the fixed costs of the branch have been covered.
As a result of our shift to a leasing focus, we have successfully increased our
size, recurring revenue stream and profitability. Since 1996, our lease fleet
has increased 228.3%, our annual leasing revenue has increased 244.7% to $53.3
million and our operating income has increased 376.8% to $21.9 million.
Additionally, we have increased our operating margin from 11.4% in 1995 to 32.8%
in 1999. We plan to continue to focus on the leasing of our portable storage
units to an increasing customer base through an expanding branch network.
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The storage industry consists of two principal segments, fixed self-storage and
portable storage.
The fixed self-storage segment consists of permanent structures away from
customers' locations. Fixed self-storage is used primarily by consumers to
temporarily store excess household goods. According to the Self Storage Almanac,
the fixed self-storage market exceeds $10 billion per year. This segment is
highly fragmented but includes several large national companies such as Public
Storage and Shurgard Storage Centers.
The portable storage segment is different from the fixed self-storage segment
because it brings the storage solution to the customer's own location and
addresses the need for temporary secure storage with immediate access. The
advantages of portable storage include convenience, immediate accessibility,
price and higher security. In contrast to fixed self-storage, the portable
storage segment is primarily used by businesses. This segment is highly
fragmented with no national participants. Although there are no published
estimates of the size of the portable storage segment, we believe there is
increasing market awareness of the advantages of
1
<PAGE> 3
portable storage. We believe, therefore, that there is substantial potential to
increase the size of the portable storage segment. Refurbished ISO shipping
containers and over-the-road trailers are the primary products used to provide
portable storage.
In 1999, approximately 81% of our leasing customers were businesses,
approximately 12% were consumers and approximately 7% were government,
institutional and other.
We also service the mobile office industry with a proprietary line of steel
structures with ground accessibility. This industry provides temporary office
space and is estimated to exceed $2 billion. We also recently introduced records
storage units which are specifically designed for efficient storage of business
records, are insulated and are equipped with fans and lighting. These units
provide portable, secure records storage. This industry is experiencing
significant growth as businesses continue to generate substantial paper records
that must be kept for extended periods.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
We attribute our success in the portable storage business to the following
competitive strengths:
Market Leadership. We are the nation's largest lessor of portable storage units.
We have a lease fleet of over 37,000 portable storage units and are the largest
provider of portable storage solutions in a majority of our markets. We believe
we have created name recognition and brand awareness, and that "Mobile Mini" is
associated with high quality portable storage products and superior service. We
have achieved significant growth in new markets by capturing market share from
competitors and by creating demand among businesses and consumers who were
previously unaware of the availability of our products to meet their storage
needs.
Superior, Differentiated Products. We offer a broad range of portable storage
products in varying lengths and widths to better meet our customers' temporary
storage needs. Our manufacturing and refurbishing capabilities enable us to
offer products that our competitors are unable to match. Most competitors offer
only standard eight foot wide ISO shipping containers in 20, 40, or 45 foot
lengths. Our portable storage units range in size from five to 48 feet in length
and eight to 10.5 feet in width. Our manufactured 10-foot wide units, introduced
in 1998, provide 40% more useable storage space than the standard eight-foot
wide ISO shipping containers offered by our competitors. Our products also have
patented locking systems, multiple door options, and electrical wiring, shelving
and other customized features.
Customer Service Focus. We believe that the portable storage business is highly
service intensive and essentially local. We have trained our sales force to
focus on all aspects of customer service from the sales call onward. We
differentiate ourselves by providing flexible lease terms and timely delivery of
units. Our sales people work out of our branch locations rather than from our
headquarters. This allows them to interact directly with customers, better
understand local market needs and develop each market in response to those
needs. We conduct on-going training programs for our sales force to assure high
levels of customer service and awareness of local market competitive conditions.
Our customized software system increases our responsiveness to customer
inquiries and enables us to efficiently monitor our sales force's performance.
As a result of this customer service focus, we enjoy high levels of repeat
business and word-of-mouth referrals.
Diverse Customer Base. During 1999, we served more than 36,000 customers across
a wide range of industries including retailers, wholesales, commercial
businesses, contractors, consumers, governmental agencies and hospitals and
schools. No customer accounted for more than 5% of our 1999 lease revenues. The
top ten customers accounted for only 10% of our lease revenues. We believe that
our diverse customer base reduces our susceptibility to economic downturns in
our markets or in any of the industries in which our customers operate. Customer
diversity also demonstrates the broad application of our products and the
opportunity for us to create future demand.
Customized Management Information Systems. We have made substantial investments
in our management information system as part of our effort to optimize fleet
utilization, improve financial performance and provide customer data used to
target markets for additional revenue opportunities. Our MIS systems enable us
to carefully monitor the size, mix, utilization and rental rates of our lease
fleet by branch on a daily basis. We have maintained the average annual
utilization rate of our lease fleet above 86% over the last three years while
growing the size of the lease fleet by 172.5% to over 37,000 units. Our systems
also capture relevant customer
2
<PAGE> 4
demographic and usage information which we use to target new customers within
our existing and new markets. Our headquarters and each branch are linked
through a PC-based wide area network that provides real-time transaction
processing and detailed reports on a branch by branch basis.
Flexibility Afforded By Manufacturing Capability. We design and manufacture our
own portable storage units and also refurbish and modify used ISO shipping
containers. This capability allows us to offer a wide range of products to meet
our customers' needs, charge premium lease rates and gain market share from our
competitors that have more limited product offerings. Our manufacturing
capability also provides us with an alternative source of supply to support our
growth and to utilize whenever prices increase for used ISO shipping containers.
GROWTH STRATEGY
We intend to pursue the following growth strategy:
Focus on Core Portable Storage Leasing Business. We intend to continue to focus
on growing our core leasing business because it provides predictable, recurring
revenue and high margins. We believe there is substantial demand for our
portable storage units throughout the United States. For example, in the Los
Angeles area, our largest market and a market we entered in 1989, we have
increased the number of portable storage units in our lease fleet from
approximately 4,200 units at the end of 1996 to nearly 8,000 units at the end of
1999. Our focus on leasing has allowed us to achieve annual growth rates of
43.9% in leasing revenues and 66.4% in operating income over the past three
years.
Increase Penetration in Existing Markets. We intend to continue to focus on
increasing the number of portable storage units leased from our existing
branches to both new and repeat customers. We will attempt to create new demand
for leased units in all of our markets. We have historically been able to
generate strong internal growth within our existing markets. From 1996 through
1999, excluding the effect of acquisitions, we generated compounded annual
leasing revenue increases of 31.5% in the markets where we operated for more
than one year. We achieved high levels of internal growth by increasing
awareness of our products through our targeted marketing programs and
advertising while rapidly expanding our lease fleet.
Accelerate Branch Expansion. We believe our branch model can be introduced to
multiple markets throughout the United States and intend to pursue this
opportunity. We have identified many markets in the United States where we
believe demand for portable storage units is underdeveloped. These markets are
currently being served by small, fragmented industry competitors. In 1998, we
began our expansion strategy by entering four new markets, three by acquisition
and one by start-up. In 1999, we entered seven new markets, six by acquisition
and one by start-up. Whenever feasible, we enter a new market by acquiring the
storage units and leases of an operating business in order to generate immediate
revenue to cover overhead. Where there are not quality acquisitions available to
us, we plan to enter targeted markets through start-up branches.
Develop New Products. We attempt to develop new products and new applications
for our products through an active research and development effort. For example,
in 1998 we introduced a 10-foot wide storage unit that has proven to be a
popular product with our customers. In 1999 we completed the design of a records
storage unit which provides highly secure, on-site easily accessible storage. We
market this unit as a records storage solution for semi-active records. We
believe our design and manufacturing capabilities increase our ability to
service our customers' needs and the demand for our portable storage solutions.
PRODUCTS
We provide a broad range of portable storage products to our customers to meet
their varying needs. Our product types and their features are as follows:
Portable Storage Products
- Refurbished and Modified Storage Units. We purchase used ISO shipping
containers from leasing companies or brokers. These containers are
eight feet wide, 8'6" to 9'6" high and 20, 40 or 45 feet long. After
acquiring an ISO container, we
3
<PAGE> 5
refurbish and modify it. Refurbishment typically involves cleaning,
removing rust and dents, repairing floors and sidewalls, painting,
adding our signs and installing new doors and our patented locking
system. Modification typically involves splitting containers into 5,
10, 15, 20 or 25 foot lengths.
- Manufactured Storage Units. We manufacture portable storage units for
our lease fleet and for sale. We do this at our manufacturing facility
in Maricopa, Arizona. We can manufacture units up to 12 feet wide and
50 feet long and can add doors, windows, locks and other customized
features. Typically, we manufacture "knock-down" units which we ship to
our branches and assemble there. This method of shipment is less
expensive than shipping fully assembled storage units.
- Records Storage Units. In 1999 we completed the design of a proprietary
portable records storage unit that we are now marketing. Our units
enable customers to store their records at their location for easy
access or at one of our facilities. Our units are 10.5 feet wide and
are available in 12, 23 and 34 foot lengths. They feature high security
doors and locks, electrical wiring, shelving, folding work tables and
air filtration systems. We believe our product is a cost-effective
alternative to mass warehouse storage and provides fire and water
damage protection.
- Mobile Offices. We manufacture mobile office units that range from 10
to 40 feet in length. We offer mobile office units in various
configurations, including office and storage combination units that
provide a 10 or 15-foot office with the remaining area available for
storage. Office units are equipped with electrical wiring, heating and
air conditioning units, phone jacks, carpet and/or tile, proprietary
doors and windows with security bars. We believe the advantages of our
manufactured office units include ground accessibility and their high
security, all-steel design.
We purchase used ISO shipping containers and refurbish and modify them at our
facilities in Arizona, California and Texas. We also manufacture new portable
storage units at our Arizona facility. We believe we are able to purchase used
ISO shipping containers at competitive prices because of our volume purchases.
In 1999, excluding our acquisitions, we purchased and refurbished about 4,200
used ISO shipping containers and manufactured approximately 4,100 portable
storage units and mobile offices. The used ISO shipping containers we purchase
are typically about 10 to 12 years old. We believe our portable storage units
and mobile offices have useful lives of at least 20 years if properly
maintained, with residual values of over 70% of their original cost.
LEASE TERMS
Our leases have an average initial term of 8.1 months and provide for the term
to continue at the same rental rate on a month-to-month basis until the customer
cancels the lease. The average duration of our leases has been 19 months. Our
average monthly rental rate was $119 in 1999. Most of our portable storage units
rent for $60 to $165 per billing cycle, although large custom-designed units may
rent for as much as $300 per billing cycle. Our mobile offices typically rent
for $110 to $235 per billing cycle. The average utilization of our lease fleet
was 85.6% in 1999 and 87.0% in 1998. Each lease provides that the customer is
responsible for the cost of delivery at lease inception and pickup at lease
termination. The leases also specify that the customer is responsible for any
damage done to the unit beyond ordinary wear and tear. Our customers may
purchase a damage waiver from us. This provides us with an additional source of
revenue. For the past 3 years, our cost to repair and maintain our portable
storage units has averaged 1.9% of our lease revenues. Repainting the outside of
storage units is the most frequent maintenance item.
BRANCH OPERATIONS
We locate our branches primarily in larger cities in regions with attractive
demographics and strong growth prospects. Within each market, we have located
our branches in areas that allow for easy delivery of portable storage units to
our customers. We also seek locations that are very visible from high traffic
roads as an effective way to advertise our products and our name.
Each branch has a Branch Manager who has overall supervisory responsibility for
all activities of the branch. Branch Managers report to one of our six Regional
Managers. Incentive bonuses based upon branch performance are a substantial
portion of the compensation for both Branch and Regional Managers.
4
<PAGE> 6
Each branch has its own sales force, a transportation department that delivers
and picks up portable storage units from customers, and an office manager. Each
branch has delivery trucks and forklifts to load, transport and unload units and
a storage yard staff responsible for unloading and stacking units. Units are
stored by stacking them three high to maximize usable ground area. Each branch
also has a fleet maintenance department to maintain the branch's trucks,
forklifts and other equipment. Our larger branches provide on-site storage of
portable storage units leased to customers.
The following table shows information about our branches:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION FUNCTIONS SIZE YEAR ESTABLISHED
- -------- --------- ---- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Phoenix, Arizona Leasing, on-site storage, sales 10 acres 1983
Tucson, Arizona Leasing, on-site storage, sales 5 acres 1986
Los Angeles, California Leasing, on-site storage, 15 acres 1988
sales, refurbishment and
assembly
San Diego, California Leasing, on-site storage, sales 5 acres 1994
Dallas, Texas Leasing, on-site storage, 17 acres 1994
sales, refurbishment and
assembly
Houston, Texas Leasing, on-site storage, 7 acres 1994
sales, refurbishment and
assembly
San Antonio, Texas Leasing, on-site storage, sales 3 acres 1995
Austin, Texas Leasing, on-site storage, sales 5 acres 1995
Las Vegas, Nevada Leasing and sales 1 acre 1998
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma Leasing and sales 6 acres 1998
Albuquerque, New Mexico Leasing and sales 2 acres 1998
Denver, Colorado Leasing and sales 4 acres 1998
Tulsa, Oklahoma Leasing and sales 1 acre 1999
Colorado Springs, Colorado Leasing and sales 1 acre 1999
New Orleans, Louisiana Leasing and sales 3 acres 1999
Memphis, Tennessee Leasing and sales 3 acres 1999
Salt Lake City, Utah Leasing, on-site storage, sales 2 acres 1999
Chicago, Illinois Leasing and sales 2 acres 1999
Knoxville, Tennessee Leasing and sales 3 acres 1999
</TABLE>
SALES AND MARKETING
We have approximately 100 people at our branches and 8 management people at our
headquarters involved in sales and marketing on a full-time basis. We believe
that by locating our sales and marketing staff in our branches, they are better
able to understand the portable storage needs of our customers and provide the
high levels of customer service.
Our sales and marketing force provides information about our products to
prospective customers by handling inbound calls and by initiating cold calls. We
have on-going training programs for our sales and marketing force covering all
aspects of leasing and customer service. Our branches are connected to one
another and to headquarters through our network processing system. This enables
the sales and marketing staff to share leads and other information and permits
the headquarters staff to monitor and review sales and leasing productivity on a
branch by branch basis. Our sales and marketing force is compensated primarily
on a
5
<PAGE> 7
commission basis. We restructured our commission program in 1996 when we changed
our focus to leasing rather than selling portable storage units.
We advertise our products in the yellow pages and use a targeted direct mail
program. In 1999, we mailed over 6 million product brochures to customers and
prospective customers. These brochures describe our products and the advantages
of our portable storage solutions.
CUSTOMERS
During 1999, more than 36,000 customers leased our portable storage units,
compared to about 28,000 in 1998. Our customer base is diverse and consists of
businesses in a broad range of industries. During 1999, our largest customer
accounted for only 4.4% of our leasing revenues.
We target customers who have long-term or seasonal storage needs. Customers use
our portable storage units for a wide range of purposes. The following provides
an overview of our customers and how they use our portable storage units:
Retail, including drug, grocery, shopping and strip mall stores, hotels,
restaurants, dry cleaners and service stations, 34%; Construction, including
general, electrical, plumbing and mechanical contractors, landscapers and
companies who build residential homes, 33%; Consumers, including homeowners for
home storage or moving related storage, 12%; Commercial, including companies
that do not sell to the general public, distributors, trucking and utility
companies, 14%; Government and Institutions, including federal, state, county
and local agencies, military, reservations, hospitals and educational
facilities, 6%; and Other, including farming, agriculture, finance and
insurance, real estate brokers and film production, 1%. Our retail and wholesale
customers in 1999 included Walmart(R), Kmart(R), Target(R) and Frito Lay(R). We
believe our construction customer base is characterized by a wide variety of
contractors who are associated with original construction and capital
improvements in the commercial, institutional, residential and industrial
sectors.
MANUFACTURING
We build new portable storage units, mobile offices and custom-designed
structures at our Maricopa, Arizona manufacturing plant. We also refurbish and
modify used ISO shipping containers at this plant. Our workers cut and shape
steel for new units and then weld and paint them. These workers also install
custom features. We have about 300 manufacturing workers in this plant. Company
wide, we manufactured and refurbished about 8,300 portable storage units in
1999. Many of our manufactured portable storage units are "knock down" units
which we ship to our branches for final assembly. We can ship up to twelve,
20-foot containers on a single flat-bed trailer. In comparison, only two to
three assembled 20-foot ISO shipping containers can be shipped on a flat-bed
trailer. Shipping units to our branches prior to final assembly reduces our cost
of transporting units to our branches. We believe we can expand the capacity of
our Maricopa plant at a relatively low capital cost.
We purchase raw materials such as steel, vinyl, wood, glass and paint, which we
use in our manufacturing and refurbishing operations. We have multiple sources
of supply. We typically buy these raw materials on an as needed basis; we do not
currently have long-term contracts with vendors for the supply of these raw
materials.
Our manufacturing capacity serves to protect us to some extent from price
increases for used ISO shipping containers. Used ISO shipping containers vary in
price from time to time based on market demand, which is related to the volume
of shipping of containerized freight. Should the price of used ISO shipping
containers increases substantially, we are able to increase our manufacturing
volume and reduce the number of used containers we buy and refurbish.
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS; FLEET MANAGEMENT
We use a customized management information system for lease fleet management and
our targeted sales and marketing efforts. This system consists of a wide-area
network that connects our headquarters and all of our branches. Headquarters and
each branch can enter data into the system and access data on a real-time basis.
Our system generates weekly management reports by branch of leasing volume,
fleet utilization, lease rates and fleet movement as well as monthly profit and
loss statements by branch and company wide. These reports allow management to
monitor each branch's performance on a daily, weekly and monthly basis. We track
each portable storage unit by its serial number. Lease fleet and sales
information is entered in the system daily at the branch
6
<PAGE> 8
level and verified through periodic physical inventories by branch employees.
Branch salespeople use the system to track customer leads and other sales data
and to obtain information about current and prospective customers.
COMPETITION
In all of the markets where we operate, we face competition from several local
companies and usually one or two regional competitors. Our competitors include
lessors of portable storage units, used over-the-road trailers and other
structures used for temporary storage. To a lesser degree, we also compete with
fixed self-storage facilities, such as U-Haul, Public Storage, Shurgard Storage
Centers, and various smaller competitors. We compete primarily in terms of
security, convenience, product quality, availability, customer service and
price. Some of our competitors have less debt, greater market share and greater
financial resources and pricing flexibility than we do. Sometimes, a competitor
will lower its lease rates in one of our markets to try to gain market share.
This may require us to reduce our lease rates as well, which could reduce our
profitability in those markets.
In addition to competition for customers, we face competition in purchasing used
ISO shipping containers. Several types of businesses purchase used ISO shipping
containers, including various freight transportation companies, freight
forwarders and commercial and retail storage companies. If the number of
available containers for sale decreases, container prices could increase
substantially. This could increase our expenses and reduce our earnings.
Competition in our markets could increase in the future. New competitors may
enter our markets and may have greater marketing and financial resources than we
do. This may allow them to gain market share at our expense. Increased
competition may cause us to lower lease rates and reduce profit margins.
EMPLOYEES
As of February 18, 2000, we had about 1,000 full-time employees. Our employees
are represented by the following major categories:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Management 49
Administrative 175
Sales 98
Manufacturing 460
Drivers and Storage Unit Handling 218
</TABLE>
Our employees are not represented by a labor union and we consider our relations
with our employees to be good.
FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS
Our business involves a high degree of risk and there are numerous factors that
may affect our future operating results including those factors discussed below.
If any of the following risks and uncertainties actually occur, our business,
results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely
affected.
This report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Discussions in this report concerning forward-looking statements
are under the headings "Factors That May Affect Future Operating Results,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business." Our actual results could differ materially from
those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain
factors, including the factors described below.
Risks of Managing Our Growth
Our future performance will depend in large part on our ability to manage our
planned growth. Our anticipated future growth could strain our managerial, human
and other resources while we try to integrate the operations of our acquisitions
and new branches and adjust to operating in new markets. To successfully manage
this growth, we must continue to improve our operating, financial and
7
<PAGE> 9
other internal procedures and controls and add employees. We also must
effectively motivate, train and manage our employees. We cannot be sure that we
can assimilate future acquisitions and new branches into our operations. If we
do not manage our growth effectively, some of our acquisitions and new branches
may fail and we may decide to close unprofitable locations. Closures would
likely result in additional expenses which would cause our operating results to
suffer.
Our Company Operates With a High Amount of Debt
Our operations are very capital intensive and we operate with a high amount of
debt relative to our size. Typically, we borrow 80% to 90% of the cost of a
finished portable storage product. We have a credit facility with a group of
banks. Under the credit facility, we can borrow up to $120 million on a
revolving loan basis, which means that amounts repaid may be reborrowed. As of
February 18, 2000, we had borrowed approximately $74.4 million under our credit
facility, and had $33.5 million available for further borrowing based upon the
agreement's borrowing base formula. Our amount of debt makes us more vulnerable
in the event of a downturn in the general economy or in the industries we serve.
In addition, amounts we borrow under our credit facility bear interest at a
variable rate. Because these rates change with prevailing interest rates, higher
prevailing interest rates would increase the amount of interest we have to pay
on our debt. This could have a material adverse effect on profitability and our
ability to grow as quickly as we are planning.
Under our credit facility, maximum permissible borrowings are limited by the
appraised value of our lease fleet. In the event our lease fleet were to be
appraised at a lower value, this would adversely affect our borrowing ability
and therefore our liquidity.
Under our credit facility, we must comply with a variety of covenants and
restrictions. These include minimum tangible net worth, operating income, and
storage unit utilization rate requirements. The terms of our credit facility
also limit our capital expenditures, acquisitions, additional debt and
repurchases of our common stock, and prohibit us from paying cash dividends.
These covenants and restrictions could limit our ability to respond to market
conditions and restrict our planned growth. In addition, if we fail to comply
with these covenants and restrictions, the lenders have the right to refuse to
lend us additional funds, and they may require early payment of amounts we owe
them. In addition, upon default, our lenders may foreclose on most of our
assets, including our portable storage unit fleet. If this happens, we may be
unable to fund our operations and could not expand our leasing activities.
Additional Debt or Equity Financing Will Be Necessary to Sustain Our Growth
Our ability to grow at the rate we have grown at in the past will depend in part
on our ability to obtain additional debt financing and to raise additional
equity capital by issuing additional shares of our stock. We cannot be sure,
however, that we will be able to obtain the necessary debt or equity financing
on economically advantageous terms. Also, additional debt financing or the sale
of additional equity securities may cause the market price of our common stock
to decline. If we are unable to raise additional debt or equity financing on
acceptable terms, we may have to curtail our growth by delaying lease fleet
expansion or new branch openings.
Our Operating Results and Financial Performance May Fluctuate
Although demand from some of our customers is somewhat seasonal, our operations
as a whole have not been very seasonal. Demand for leases of our portable
storage units is stronger from September through December due to retailers
needing to store more inventory for the holiday season. Our retail customers
usually return leased units to us early in the following year. This has caused a
lower utilization rate for our lease fleet during the first quarter of each
year.
Our results of operations may vary significantly from period to period due to a
variety of factors which affect demand for our units.
These factors include:
- general economic and industry conditions;
- availability and cost of used ISO shipping containers;
- changes in our marketing and sales expenditures;
- pricing pressures from our competitors;
8
<PAGE> 10
- market acceptance of our portable storage units, particularly in new
markets we enter;
- the number of new branches we acquire and start-up and when do so; and
- when we introduce new products or when our competitors do so.
There Are Risks to Our Strategy
Our strategy is to grow in part through branch expansion, either by acquisitions
or new branch openings. This strategy involves a number of risks, including the
following:
- we may not find suitable acquisition targets or locations for new
branches;
- competition for acquisition candidates could cause purchase prices to
significantly increase;
- we may fail to adequately integrate the businesses we acquire into our
existing business structure;
- the costs of completing an acquisition and then integrating and
operating the business could be higher than we expect; and
- we may acquire a branch or start one in a new market that turns out not
to have enough demand for our portable storage units to make the branch
profitable.
A Slowdown in the Economy Could Reduce Leasing Demand by Some of Our Customers
In 1999, customers in the construction and retail industries accounted for a
majority of our leasing and sales revenues. These industries tend to be cyclical
and particularly susceptible to slowdowns in the overall economy. If an economic
slowdown occurs, we are likely to experience less demand for leases and sales of
our products from customers in the construction and retail sales industries.
This could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of
operations.
There is Uncertainty and Risk in the Supply and Price of Used ISO Containers
We purchase, refurbish and modify used ISO shipping containers as we add units
to our fleet. The availability of these containers depends in part on the state
of international trade and overall demand for containers in the ocean cargo
shipping business. When international shipping increases, the availability of
used ISO shipping containers for sale decreases, and the price of the containers
that are available typically increases. Conversely, an oversupply of used ISO
shipping containers may cause container prices to fall. Our competitors may then
lower the lease rates on their storage units. As a result, we may need to lower
our lease rates to remain competitive. This would decrease our revenues and our
earnings.
Several types of businesses purchase used ISO shipping containers. These include
various freight transportation companies, freight forwarders and commercial and
retail storage companies. As a result, if the number of available containers for
sale decreases, used ISO shipping container prices may increase substantially
and we may not be able to manufacture enough new units to grow our fleet. These
price increases also could increase our expenses and reduce our earnings.
The amount we can borrow under our credit facility depends in part on the value
of the portable storage units in our lease fleet. If the value of our lease
fleet declines, we cannot borrow as much. Therefore, we may be unable to add as
many units to our fleet as we would like. Also, we are required to satisfy
several covenants with our lenders that are affected by fluctuations in the
value of our lease fleet. We would breach some of these covenants if the value
of our lease fleet drops below specified levels.
We Face Significant Competition From a Variety of Businesses
In all of the markets where we operate, we face competition from several local
companies and usually from one or two regional companies. Our competitors
include lessors of storage units, used over-the-road trailers and other
structures used for portable storage. To a lesser degree we also compete with
conventional fixed self-storage facilities. We compete primarily in terms of
security, convenience, product quality and availability, lease rates and
customer service. Some of our competitors have larger lease fleets, less debt,
greater market share, and greater financial resources and pricing flexibility
than we do. Sometimes, a competitor
9
<PAGE> 11
will lower its lease rates in one of our markets to try to gain market share.
This may require us to lower our lease rates as well, which could reduce our
profitability in those markets.
Competition in our markets may increase in the future. New competitors may enter
our markets and may have greater marketing and financial resources that we do.
This may allow then to gain market share at our expense. Increased competition
may cause us to lower lease rates and reduce profit margins. Prolonged price
competition is likely to have a material adverse affect on our business and
results of operation.
There Are Risks From Fluctuations in the Supply and Costs of Raw Materials We
Use in Manufacturing
We also manufacture portable storage units. In our manufacturing process, we
purchase steel, vinyl, wood, glass and other raw materials from various
suppliers. We cannot be sure, however, that an adequate supply of these
materials will continue to be available on terms reasonably acceptable to us.
The raw materials we use are subject to price fluctuations that we cannot
control. The cost of raw materials will have a significant effect on our
operations and earnings. Rapid increases in material prices are difficult to
pass through to customers. If we are unable to pass on these higher costs, our
results of operations could decline significantly. If raw material prices
decline significantly, we may have to write down our raw materials inventory
values. If this happens, our results of operations and financial condition would
decline.
Zoning Laws Could Restrict the Use of Our Storage Units
Most of our customers use our storage units to store their goods on their
property. Officials in certain cities and towns have informed some of our
customers that local zoning laws do not permit them to keep our portable storage
units on their property or do not permit portable storage units unless located
out of sight behind their business. If our units cannot be located in a
significant number of cities and towns in our markets due to zoning laws or
other regulations, our business could be adversely affected.
We Must Attract and Retain Personnel in a Highly Competitive Labor Market
Our future success will depend on our ability to attract, retain and motivate
employees with various skills, as well as semi-skilled and unskilled labor for
our branches and manufacturing plants. Competition for all types of employees,
including skilled and unskilled laborers, is intense. A shortage in the pool of
employees could require us to increase our wage and benefits to attract and
retain enough employees. An increase in our labor costs, or our inability to
attract, retain and motivate employees, would likely have a material adverse
effect on our business and results of operations.
We Are Subject to Governmental Regulation
We manufacture, refurbish or modify portable storage units at four locations.
Our facilities are subject to regulation by several federal and state government
agencies, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and
the Environmental Protection Agency.
Our facilities are subject to worker safety and health laws and regulations
administered by OSHA. Our employees work with metal presses, heavy materials and
welding equipment, and the possibility of injury is quite high. This means that
OSHA is likely to inspect our facilities from time to time. We have on-going
training and safety programs designed to minimize injuries. If we were found to
be out of compliance, we may have to pay fines or even reconfigure our
operations at considerable cost. New OSHA regulations may be enacted in the
future and could increase our cost of manufacturing and refurbishing portable
storage units.
Various environmental laws and regulations may expose us to liability for past
or present spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous or toxic substances
or waste products. This may be the case even if we did not know about or cause
the spill or contamination. We generate waste and by-products from our painting
operations, potentially exposing us to liability for spills or contamination.
Federal or state agencies may impose more stringent disposal regulations for
paint waste and by-products. This also could increase the costs of manufacturing
and refurbishing portable storage units.
10
<PAGE> 12
The Market Price of Our Stock Is Volatile
The market price of our common stock has fluctuated for a number of reasons,
including quarterly variations in our operating results and changes in earnings
estimates by analysts. The stock market in general also has experienced extreme
price and volume fluctuations which have affected the stock price of many
companies including ours. These fluctuations may adversely affect the market
price of our common stock.
We Rely Heavily on a Few Key Employees
We are substantially dependent on the personal efforts and abilities of Richard
E. Bunger, our Founder and Chairman, Steven G. Bunger, our President and Chief
Executive Officer, and Lawrence Trachtenberg, our Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer. The loss of any of these officer or our other key
employees could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of
operations. We have employment agreements with Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence
Trachtenberg.
"Safe Harbor' Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995
This report contains certain statements that may be deemed to be
"forward-looking statements." All statements, other than statements of
historical facts, included in this report that address activities, events or
developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will or may occur in the
future, including, without limitation, with respect to demand for our products,
competition in our industry, the continued availability of adequate financing to
support our anticipated activities including our continued expansion of existing
branches and expansion into new markets, the risks and uncertainties associated
with our growth and acquisition strategy, and our ability to manage our growth
and integrate new acquisitions, are forward-looking statements. These statements
are based on certain assumptions and, in certain cases, analyses that we have
made in light of our experience and perception of historical trends, current
conditions, expected future developments and other factors that we believe are
appropriate in the circumstances. Such statements are subject to a number of
risks or uncertainties, including the risk factors described above under
"Factors That May Affect Future Operating Results," general economic and
business conditions, the business opportunities that may be presented to us and
pursued by us, changes in laws or regulations and other factors, many of which
are beyond our control. Prospective investors and existing shareholders are
cautioned that any such statements are not guarantees of future performance and
that actual results or developments may differ materially from those projected
in forward-looking statements.
ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.
We own our branch locations in Dallas, Texas, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma and a
portion of our Phoenix, Arizona location. We lease all of our other branch
locations. All of our major leased properties have remaining lease terms of at
lease five years, and we believe that satisfactory alternative properties can be
found in all of our markets if necessary.
We own our manufacturing facility in Maricopa, Arizona, approximately 30 miles
south of Phoenix. This facility is nine years old and is on approximately 45
acres. The facility includes nine manufacturing buildings, totaling
approximately 163,400 square feet. These buildings house our manufacturing,
assembly, refurbishing, painting and vehicle maintenance operations.
We lease our corporate and administrative offices in Tempe, Arizona. These
offices have 28,800 square feet of space. The lease term is through December
2000. We currently are negotiating a lease at a new location which will
accommodate our recent growth and foreseeable future needs.
11
<PAGE> 13
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
We are a party to routine claims incidental to our business. Most of these
claims involve alleged damage to customers' property while stored in units they
lease from us. We carry insurance to protect us against loss from these types of
claims, subject to deductibles under the policy. We do not believe that any
current litigation, individually or in the aggregate, is likely to have a
material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
Our annual meeting of stockholders was held on November 10, 1999, in Phoenix,
Arizona. On the record date for the annual meeting, 11,370,841 shares of common
stock were outstanding and eligible to be voted. A quorum was present at the
annual meeting. The table below briefly describes the proposals and results from
the annual meeting of stockholders.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES VOTED:
-----------------------
Election of Directors, each to serve a three-year term: For Withheld
--- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Steven G. Bunger 10,060,011 4,898
George E. Berkner 10,060,611 4,298
For Against Abstain
--- ------- -------
Approve and adopt the Company's 1999 Stock Option Plan:
9,591,708 449,182 24,019
Ratification of appointment of Arthur Andersen LLP as
the Independent Auditors for 1999: 10,055,330 5,669 3,910
</TABLE>
12
<PAGE> 14
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
Our Common Stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MINI".
The following are the high and low sale prices for the common stock as reported
by the Nasdaq Stock Market.
FISCAL YEARS 1998 AND 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
---- ----
HIGH LOW HIGH LOW
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Quarter ended March 31, $10.500 $5.625 $13.563 $11.000
Quarter ended June 30, 12.438 8.625 19.563 11.125
Quarter ended September 30, 11.125 7.250 23.375 17.750
Quarter ended December 31, 11.125 6.625 22.438 16.688
</TABLE>
We had approximately 95 holders of record of our common stock on February 18,
2000, however, we believe we have more than 2,000 beneficial owners of our
common stock.
We have never declared nor paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We do
not currently expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Instead we will
continue to use our cash resources to support the planned growth of our
business. Our credit facility with our lenders does not allow us to pay cash
dividends without the consent of our lenders.
13
<PAGE> 15
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The following table shows our selected consolidated historical financial data
for the stated periods. You should read this material with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Leasing......................................... $ 15,461 $ 17,876 $ 24,870 $ 36,461 $ 53,302
Sales........................................... 24,265 23,619 20,528 15,623 12,820
Other........................................... 458 931 685 593 531
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
Total revenues.............................. 40,184 42,426 46,083 52,677 66,653
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales................................... 19,107 19,926 14,546 10,730 8,506
Leasing, selling and general expenses........... 15,174 15,343 20,586 25,724 32,218
Depreciation and amortization................... 1,318 1,714 2,253 2,885 4,065
Restructuring charge............................ -- 700 -- -- --
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
Income from operations............................. 4,585 4,743 8,698 13,338 21,864
Other income (expense):
Interest income................................. 14 9 4 31 48
Interest expense................................ (3,212) (3,894) (5,035) (5,896) (6,162)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Income before provision for income taxes and
extraordinary item................................. 1,387 858 3,667 7,473 15,750
Provision for income taxes......................... 610 378 1,467 2,989 6,300
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
Income before extraordinary item................... 777 480 2,200 4,484 9,450
Extraordinary item, net of income tax benefit of
$322 (1996) and $283 (1999)........................ -- (410) -- -- (424)
Preferred stock dividends.......................... (1,250) -- -- -- (22)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders $ (473) $ 70 $ 2,200 $ 4,484 $ 9,004
============ ============ ============ ============ ===========
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic:
Income before extraordinary item.............. $ (0.10) $ 0.07 $ 0.33 $ 0.57 $ 0.93
Extraordinary item............................ -- (0.06) -- -- (0.04)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net Income.................................... $ (0.10) $ 0.01 $ 0.33 $ 0.57 $ 0.89
============ ============ ============ ============ ===========
Diluted:
Income before extraordinary item.............. $ (0.10) $ 0.07 $ 0.32 $ 0.53 $ 0.89
Extraordinary item............................ -- (0.06) -- -- (0.04)
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Net Income.................................... $ (0.10) $ 0.01 $ 0.32 $ 0.53 $ 0.85
============ ============ ============ ============ ===========
Weighted average number of common and
common share equivalents outstanding:
Basic........................................... 4,835 6,738 6,752 7,840 10,153
Diluted......................................... 4,835 6,744 6,800 8,417 10,640
OTHER DATA:
Lease fleet units (at year end)................. 11,295 13,600 18,051 25,768 37,077
Lease fleet utilization (1)..................... 91.4% 89.7% 85.7% 87.0% 85.6%
Leasing revenue growth from prior year.......... 61.0% 15.6% 39.1% 46.6% 46.2%
Number of branches (at year end)................ 8 8 8 12 19
Operating margin................................ 11.4% 11.2%(2) 18.9% 25.3% 32.8%
</TABLE>
14
<PAGE> 16
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Lease fleet, net(3)................................ $ 23,862 $ 32,541 $ 49,151 $ 76,590 $ 121,277
Total assets....................................... 54,342 64,816 84,052 116,790 178,392
Total funded debt.................................. 28,632 40,148 54,026 71,900 78,271
Stockholders' equity............................... 16,160 16,209 19,027 29,872 77,387
</TABLE>
(1) We calculated utilization by dividing the number of containers on lease
at the end of each week during the period by the total number of
portable storage units in the lease fleet at that time.
(2) Includes $700,000 (pre-tax) restructuring charge; 12.8% excluding the
restructuring charge.
(3) Excludes modular buildings held under capital leases which were
included in this balance sheet item prior to our sale of all our
modular buildings.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
OVERVIEW
Since 1996, we have transitioned to primarily leasing portable storage units
from primarily selling them. This has caused the composition of our revenues and
expenses to change. Leasing revenues as a percentage of our total revenues
increased to 80.0% in 1999 from 69.2% in 1998, 54.0% in 1997 and 42.1% in 1996.
From the end of 1996 to the end of 1999, we increased the number of portable
storage units in our lease fleet from 13,600 to 37,100. This is an average
annual growth rate in units of approximately 39.7%.
Our leasing revenues include all rent we receive for our portable storage units.
Our sales revenues include sales of portable storage units and other structures
to customers. Our other revenues consist principally of charges for the delivery
of the portable storage units we sell. Our principal operating expenses are (1)
cost of sales; (2) leasing, selling and general expenses; and (3) depreciation
and amortization, primarily depreciation of the portable storage units in our
lease fleet. Cost of sales includes both our cost to buy, refurbish and modify
used ISO shipping containers and our cost to manufacture portable storage units
and other structures. Leasing, selling and general expenses include advertising
and other marketing expenses, commissions and corporate overhead for both our
leasing and sales activities. Annual repair and maintenance expenses on our
leased units have averaged approximately 1.9% of lease revenues. We expense our
repair and maintenance costs as incurred. Our portable storage units are
depreciated on the straight-line method over our units' estimated useful life of
20 years, with salvage values estimated at 70% of our unit investment.
15
<PAGE> 17
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table shows the percentage of total revenues represented by the
key items that make up our statements of operations. You should read this table
and the discussion below with our financial statements.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1997 1998 1999
---- ---- ----
Revenues:
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Leasing 54.0% 69.2% 80.0%
Sales 44.5 29.7 19.2
Other 1.5 1.1 0.8
----- ----- -----
Total revenues 100.0 100.0 100.0
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales 31.5 20.4 12.8
Leasing, selling and general expenses 44.7 48.8 48.3
Depreciation and amortization 4.9 5.5 6.1
----- ----- -----
Income from operations 18.9 25.3 32.8
Other income (expense):
Interest income -- 0.1 --
Interest expense (10.9) (11.2) (9.2)
----- ----- -----
Income before provision for income taxes and
extraordinary item 8.0 14.2 23.6
Provision for income taxes 3.2 5.7 9.5
----- ----- -----
CIncome before extraordinary item 4.8 8.5 14.1
Extraordinary item -- -- (0.6)
----- ----- -----
Net income 4.8% 8.5% 13.5%
===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
1999 COMPARED TO 1998
Total revenues in 1999 increased by 26.5% to $66.7 million from $52.7 million in
1998. Leasing revenues in 1999 increased by 46.2% to $53.3 million from $36.5
million in 1998. These increases resulted from a 44.5% increase in the average
number of portable storage units on lease and a 1.2% increase in the average
rent per unit. In 1999, we opened seven new branches, six of which were through
acquisitions. The new branches were in Salt Lake City, Colorado Springs, New
Orleans, Memphis, Chicago, Knoxville and Tulsa. We also acquired operations in
seven markets we already operated in. The branches in new markets generated an
increase in units leased of 18.4% in 1999 and accounted for 11.2% of our
increase in leasing revenues. Leasing revenues at branches open more than one
year (excluding operations acquired from others) increased by 28.2%. Our
revenues from the sale of units decreased by 17.9% to $12.8 million in 1999 from
$15.6 million in 1998. This decrease reflects our decision in 1998 to curtail
the sale of telecommunication shelters and discontinue our dealer program.
Cost of sales decreased to 66.3% of sales revenues in 1999 from 68.7% of sales
revenues in 1998. During 1999, we paid less for used ISO shipping containers and
also produced more portable storage units at our manufacturing plant than in
1998. These factors resulted in the higher gross margin on portable storage unit
sales in 1999.
Leasing, selling and general expenses increased 25.2% to $32.2 million in 1999
from $25.7 million in 1998. We had higher leasing-related expenses because of
the 44.5% increase in the average number of units on lease, higher commissions
because of our higher leasing volume and $2.1 million of expenses associated
with the six branches in new markets we acquired and the one branch we started
in 1999. Both acquired and start up branches initially have lower profit margins
until the branches' fixed operating costs are covered by higher leasing volumes.
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $1.2 million to 6.1% of
total revenue in 1999 from 5.5% in 1998. This increase resulted from our larger
lease fleet, additional equipment needed for manufacturing and maintaining the
lease fleet and other equipment added at our branches.
16
<PAGE> 18
Our operating margin increased to 32.8% in 1999 from 25.3% in 1998 principally
because we focused on leasing rather than selling our portable storage units and
because leasing, selling and general expenses decreased as a percent of leasing
revenues. As a result, income from operations increased by 63.9% to $21.9
million in 1999 from $13.3 million in 1998.
Interest expense increased by 4.5% to $6.2 million in 1999 from $5.9 million in
1998 as a result of higher average debt outstanding during 1999. Interest
expense as a percentage of revenues decreased to 9.2% in 1999 from 11.2% in
1998. Our average debt outstanding increased by 21.0%, due to an additional
$14.5 million of borrowings under our credit facility. We used this debt
financing primarily to expand our lease fleet. The weighted average interest
rate declined to 7.6% in 1999 from 8.7% in 1998, excluding amortization of debt
issuance costs. Including amortization of debt issuance costs, the weighted
average interest rate was 8.3% in 1999 and 9.6% in 1998.
Net income before extraordinary charges in 1999 was $9.4 million, or $0.89 per
diluted share of common stock, compared to net income in 1998 of $4.5 million,
or $0.53 per diluted share of common stock. During 1999 the Company recorded a
$0.04 per share extraordinary charge in connection with the early extinguishment
of our $6.9 million of Senior Subordinated Notes which were originally scheduled
to mature in November 2002. Our increase in net income primarily resulted from
our higher leasing revenues in 1999 and a decrease in leasing, selling and
general expenses per unit on lease in 1999. Our effective tax rate was 40.0% for
both 1999 and 1998. We had a 26.4% increase in the weighted average number of
common and common share equivalents outstanding in 1999 primarily because of a
public offering of 2.965 million shares of our common stock in May and June
1999.
1998 COMPARED TO 1997
Total revenues in 1998 increased by 14.3% to $52.7 million from $46.1 million in
1997. Leasing revenues in 1998 increased by 46.6% to $36.5 million from $24.9
million in 1997. These increases resulted from a 42.9% increase in the average
number of portable storage units on lease and a 2.6% increase in the average
rent per unit. In 1998, we opened four new branches, three of which were through
acquisitions. The new branches were in Las Vegas, Oklahoma City, Denver and
Albuquerque. These new branches accounted for 15.8% of our increase in 1998
leasing revenues. Our eight branches which operated in 1998 and 1997 accounted
for 84.2% of the increase in our 1998 leasing revenues. Our revenues from the
sale of portable storage units and other structures decreased by 23.9% to $15.6
million in 1998 from $20.5 million in 1997. This reflects our focus on leasing
rather than selling portable storage units. This decrease was also caused by our
decision in 1998 to curtail the sale of telecommunication shelters and
discontinue our dealer program.
Cost of sales decreased to 68.7% of sales revenues in 1998 from 70.9% in 1997.
During 1998, we paid less for both used ISO shipping containers and the steel we
use to manufacture portable storage units. We also produced more portable
storage units at our manufacturing plant in 1998 than in 1997. As a result, our
fixed manufacturing expenses were allocated over more units and resulted in a
higher gross margin on portable storage unit sales in 1998.
Leasing, selling and general expenses increased by $5.1 million to 48.8% of
total revenues in 1998 from 44.7% in 1997. We had higher leasing-related
expenses because of the 42.9% increase in the number of units on lease, higher
commissions because of our higher leasing volume and $1.4 million of expenses
associated with the three branches we acquired and the one branch we started in
1998. Both acquired and start-up branches initially have lower profit margins
until the branches' fixed operating costs are covered by higher leasing volumes.
However, these expenses decreased to 70.6% of our leasing revenues in 1998 from
82.8% in 1997.
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $631,000 to 5.5% of total
revenues in 1998 from 4.9% in 1997. This increase resulted from our larger lease
fleet, additional equipment needed for manufacturing and other equipment added
at our branches.
Our operating margin increased to 25.3% of total revenues in 1998 from 18.9% in
1997 principally because we focused on leasing rather than selling portable
storage units and because leasing, selling and general expenses decreased as a
percentage of leasing revenues. As a result, income from operations increased by
53.4% to $13.3 million in 1998 from $8.7 million in 1997.
Interest expense increased by 17.1% to $5.9 million in 1998 from $5.0 million in
1997 because we had higher average debt outstanding during 1998. Our average
debt outstanding increased by 29.0%, consisting of $6.9 million of 12% Senior
Subordinated Notes issued in October 1997 and an additional $21.3 million of
borrowings under our credit facility. We used this debt financing
17
<PAGE> 19
primarily to expand our lease fleet. The weighted average interest rate declined
to 8.7% in 1998 from 9.5% in 1997, excluding amortization of debt issuance
costs. Including amortization of debt issuance costs, the weighted average
interest rate was 9.6% in 1998 and 10.6% in 1997.
We reported net income in 1998 of $4.5 million, or $0.53 per diluted share of
common stock, compared to net income in 1997 of $2.2 million, or $0.32 per
diluted share of common stock. These increases were primarily because of our
higher leasing revenues in 1998 and the decrease in leasing, selling and general
expenses as a percentage of leasing revenues in 1998. Our effective tax rate was
40.0% for both 1998 and 1997. We had a 23.8% increase in the weighted average
number of common and common share equivalents outstanding in 1998 because of the
exercise of warrants we had issued in 1994 and common stock issued in connection
with the acquisitions completed during 1998.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our leasing and manufacturing businesses are very capital intensive. We have
financed our working capital requirements through cash flows from operations,
proceeds from equity and debt financings and borrowings under our credit
facility.
Operating Activities. Our operations provided net cash flow of $19.2 million in
1999, $8.5 million in 1998 and $6.1 million in 1997. This increasing cash flow
resulted primarily from our higher net income and the impact of depreciation
expense and deferred income taxes. The growth of our business, however, has
required us to use more cash to support higher levels of accounts receivable and
inventory.
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $55.7 million in
1999, $31.2 million in 1998 and $19.2 million in 1997. This increasing use of
cash resulted primarily from higher levels of capital expenditures for lease
fleet expansion and acquisitions. Capital expenditures for our lease fleet were
$30.4 million in 1999, $23.5 million in 1998 and $17.1 million in 1997. Capital
expenditures for property, plant and equipment were $4.7 million in 1999, $3.8
million in 1998 and $2.1 million in 1997. In addition, we spent $28.6 million
(including $8 million of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock) in 1999 and
$3.9 million in 1998 for acquisitions. No acquisitions were completed in 1997.
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $36.0
million in 1999, $22.8 million in 1998 and $13.4 million in 1997. During 1999,
net cash provided by financing activities was primarily from a public offering
of 2,965,000 shares of common stock. We received gross proceeds of approximately
$39.3 million from this offering. We also received approximately $878,000 from
the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. We also
borrowed an additional $14.5 million under our credit facility. The net cash
provided by financing activities was used to expand our lease fleet, finance
acquisitions, and prepay our Senior Subordinated Notes. During 1998, net cash
provided by financing activities was primarily from $21.3 million of net
borrowings under our credit facility and $5.7 million of gross proceeds from the
exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. The majority of
warrants exercised were issued in connection with our initial public offering in
1994.
We entered into an Interest Rate Swap Agreement effective in September 1998,
under which Mobile Mini is designated as the fixed rate payer at an interest
rate of 5.5% per annum. Under the Swap Agreement, the Company has effectively
fixed, for a three year period, the interest rate payable on $30 million of our
revolving line of credit so that the rate is based upon a spread from 5.5%,
rather than a spread from the Eurodollar rate.
Since March 1996, our principal source of liquidity has been our credit
facility, which currently consists of a $120 million revolving line of credit
and a $6.0 million term loan. The interest rate under our credit facility is
determined quarterly, based on our ratio of funded debt to earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA). During 1999, the
average interest rate under our credit facility was 6.9%. As of February 18,
2000 we had $74.4 million of outstanding borrowings under our credit facility,
and $33.5 million of additional borrowings were available.
The amount we can borrow under the revolving line of credit portion of our
credit facility is based upon the level of our inventories, accounts receivable
and the value of our lease fleet. The lease fleet is appraised at least annually
for purposes of the credit facility. Our obligations under the credit facility
are secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets, including all of our
portable storage units.
18
<PAGE> 20
The credit facility includes a term loan due in March 2004. The term loan had an
outstanding principal balance of $5.8 million at December 31, 1999. We must make
principal and interest payments monthly on the term loan.
In October 1997, we issued $6.9 million of 12% Senior Subordinated Notes with
detachable redeemable warrants to purchase 172,500 shares of our common stock at
$5.00 per share. These notes were due November 1, 2002 but could be prepaid
beginning November 1, 1999 without a prepayment penalty. We redeemed the entire
principal balance outstanding on November 1, 1999. Because the notes were sold
with redeemable warrants, a portion of the sale price was allocated to the notes
and a portion to the redeemable warrants, based on their respective fair market
values. The resulting discount increased the effective interest rate on the
notes, and was amortized as interest expense over the life of the notes. In
connection with the early redemption of these notes, we recorded an
extraordinary charge of $424,000, net of our tax provision, in 1999.
We believe that our working capital, together with our cash flow from
operations, borrowing under our credit facility and other available funding
sources will be sufficient to fund our operations and controlled growth for the
next 12 months. We believe that in order to maintain historical growth rates we
will be required to obtain additional debt financing or raise additional equity
capital by issuing additional shares of our stock. However, we cannot be sure
that we can obtain the necessary debt or equity capital on acceptable terms.
SEASONALITY
During the past three years, our operation as a whole has not been very
seasonal. Demand for leases of our portable storage units is stronger from
September through December because retailers need to store more inventory for
the holiday season. Our retail customers usually return leased units to us early
in the following year. This has caused lower utilization rates for our lease
fleet and a marginal decrease in cash flow during the first quarters of the past
several years.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE AND EXPENDITURES
Our program to address the Year 2000 issue consisted of the following phases:
inventory, assessment, correction, testing and implementation. As of December
31, 1999, all phases were completed. We did not experience any significant
disruption as a result of the Year 2000 issue. Our total costs to remedy the
Year 2000 issue were approximately $26,000.
We can provide no assurance that all supplier and customer Year 2000 compliance
plans were successfully completed. We are not aware of any problems with any of
our suppliers, customers or third party providers that would negatively impact
our operations or adversely affect our business.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We seek to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility associated with changes in
interest rates through a financial arrangement intended to provide a hedge
against a portion of the risks associated with such volatility. We continue to
have exposure to such risks to the extent they are not hedged.
An interest rate swap agreement is the only instrument used by the Company to
manage interest rate fluctuations affecting the Company's variable rate debt.
The Company currently has one outstanding interest rate swap agreement covering
$30 million of our debt, under which the Company pays a fixed rate and receives
a variable interest rate. The following table sets forth the scheduled
maturities and the total fair value of the Company's debt portfolio:
19
<PAGE> 21
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total Fair
At December 31, Total at Value at
----------------------------------------------------------------- December 31, December 31,
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Thereafter 1999 1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Liabilities
Fixed Rate (in 000's) $ 509 $ 225 $ 67 $ 91 $ -- -- $ 882 $ 857
Average interest rate 8.7%
Floating rate (in 000's) $ 1,217 $ 1,200 $ 1,200 $ 1,200 $ 72,571 -- $ 77,388 $ 77,388
Average interest rate 7.5%
Interest Rate Swaps
Variable to fixed (in 000's) $ 30,000 $ 30,000 $ 30,000
Average pay rate 5.5%
Average receive rate 1 mo LIBOR-BBA
</TABLE>
The Company enters into derivative financial arrangements only to the extent
that it meets the objectives described above, and the Company does not engage in
such transactions for speculative purposes. The Company's credit facility
matures in 2004, including a one-year extension option. These variable rate
liabilities will continue to increase due to future growth until maturity.
See Note 3 - Line of Credit in the notes to financial statements incorporated
herein by reference for further description of the variable rate liability.
Management intends to renew or replace the line of credit with similar
arrangements or debt prior to maturity, on terms reasonably similar to their
existing terms. We, however, cannot be certain that such financing will be
available or on terms acceptable to us.
20
<PAGE> 22
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
INDEX
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 1998 and 1999 F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations - For the Years Ended
December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity - For the Years
Ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - For the Years Ended
December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - December 31, 1998 and 1999 F-7
Financial Statement Schedule
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts - For the Years Ended
December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 46
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 23
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To Mobile Mini, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MOBILE MINI,
INC. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1999,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Mobile Mini, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1999, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1999, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States.
Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the index of the
financial statements is presented for purposes of complying with the Securities
and Exchange Commission's rules and is not a required part of the basic
financial statements. This schedule has been subjected to the auditing
procedures applied in the audits of the basic financial statements and, in our
opinion, fairly states in all material respects the financial data required to
be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a
whole.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Phoenix, Arizona,
January 31, 2000.
F-2
<PAGE> 24
MOBILE MINI, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS 1998 1999
----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS $ 1,030,138 $ 547,124
RECEIVABLES, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,085,000 and $1,621,000,
respectively 6,254,938 8,861,815
INVENTORIES 8,550,778 9,644,157
PORTABLE STORAGE UNIT LEASE FLEET, net of accumulated depreciation of
$2,584,000 and $4,054,000, respectively 76,589,831 121,277,355
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net 20,262,738 23,245,287
DEPOSITS AND PREPAID EXPENSES 787,426 890,142
OTHER ASSETS, net 3,314,384 13,926,606
--------------- ---------------
TOTAL ASSETS $ 116,790,233 $ 178,392,486
=============== ===============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE $ 2,953,833 $ 3,532,240
ACCRUED LIABILITIES 3,858,165 5,169,364
LINE OF CREDIT 57,183,576 71,638,064
NOTES PAYABLE 4,819,976 6,284,810
OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES 3,196,021 347,850
SUBORDINATED NOTES, net 6,700,038 --
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES 8,206,830 14,032,673
--------------- ---------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES 86,918,439 101,005,001
--------------- ---------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 10)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common stock; $0.01 par value, 17,000,000 shares authorized, 7,966,863 and
11,438,356 issued and outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively 79,669 114,383
Additional paid-in capital 22,054,927 61,032,336
Common stock to be issued, 85,468 shares 500,000 --
Retained earnings 7,237,198 16,240,766
--------------- ---------------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 29,871,794 77,387,485
--------------- ---------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY $ 116,790,233 $ 178,392,486
=============== ===============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated balance sheets.
F-3
<PAGE> 25
MOBILE MINI, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES:
Leasing $ 24,870,141 $ 36,461,050 $ 53,302,300
Sales 20,527,477 15,623,088 12,820,357
Other 685,005 592,393 530,842
-------------- -------------- -------------
46,082,623 52,676,531 66,653,499
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Cost of sales 14,546,347 10,729,988 8,505,609
Leasing, selling and general expenses 20,585,458 25,724,193 32,218,343
Depreciation and amortization 2,253,264 2,884,007 4,065,573
-------------- -------------- -------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS 8,697,554 13,338,343 21,863,974
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income 4,628 31,274 47,135
Interest expense (5,034,856) (5,896,339) (6,161,876)
-------------- -------------- --------------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEM 3,667,326 7,473,278 15,749,233
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 1,466,930 2,989,311 6,299,694
-------------- -------------- -------------
INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM 2,200,396 4,483,967 9,449,539
EXTRAORDINARY ITEM, net of income tax benefit of $282,702 -- -- (424,053)
-------------- -------------- --------------
NET INCOME 2,200,396 4,483,967 9,025,486
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDEND -- -- 21,918
-------------- -------------- -------------
NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS $ 2,200,396 $ 4,483,967 $ 9,003,568
============== ============== =============
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
BASIC:
Income before extraordinary item $ 0.33 $ 0.57 $ 0.93
Extraordinary item -- -- (0.04)
-------------- -------------- --------------
Net income $ 0.33 $ 0.57 $ 0.89
============== ============== =============
DILUTED:
Income before extraordinary item $ 0.32 $ 0.53 $ 0.89
Extraordinary item -- -- (0.04)
-------------- -------------- --------------
Net income $ 0.32 $ 0.53 $ 0.85
============== ============== =============
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON AND COMMON SHARE EQUIVALENTS OUTSTANDING:
BASIC 6,752,147 7,839,623 10,153,086
============== ============== =============
DILUTED 6,800,303 8,417,168 10,640,438
============== ============== =============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated statements.
F-4
<PAGE> 26
MOBILE MINI, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Common
Additional Stock
Preferred Common Paid-in To be Retained Stockholders'
Stock Stock Capital Issued Earnings Equity
------------ -------- ----------- --------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1996 $ -- $ 67,393 $15,588,873 $ -- $ 552,835 $16,209,101
Issuance of common stock (Notes 6 and 11) -- 600 333,175 -- -- 333,775
Exercise of stock options -- 2 648 -- -- 650
Warrants issued (Note 11) -- -- 283,470 -- -- 283,470
Net income -- -- -- -- 2,200,396 2,200,396
---------- -------- ----------- --------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997 -- 67,995 16,206,166 -- 2,753,231 19,027,392
Issuance of common stock (Notes 6 and 11) -- 180 183,820 -- -- 184,000
Exercise of stock options -- 9 3,779 -- -- 3,788
Exercise of warrants -- 11,485 5,661,162 -- -- 5,672,647
Common stock to be issued, 85,468 shares -- -- -- 500,000 -- 500,000
Net income -- -- -- -- 4,483,967 4,483,967
---------- -------- ----------- --------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998 -- 79,669 22,054,927 500,000 7,237,198 29,871,794
Issuance of common stock (Notes 6 and 11) -- 29,650 36,513,398 -- -- 36,543,048
Exercise of stock options -- 2,583 1,088,757 -- -- 1,091,340
Exercise of warrants -- 1,626 876,109 -- -- 877,735
Issuance of 85,468 shares of common stock -- 855 499,145 (500,000) -- --
Preferred stock dividend (Preferred
stock issued and redeemed in 1999) -- -- -- -- (21,918) (21,918)
Net income -- -- -- -- 9,025,486 9,025,486
---------- -------- ----------- --------- ----------- -----------
BALANCE, December 31, 1999 $ -- $114,383 $61,032,336 $ -- $16,240,766 $77,387,485
========== ======== =========== ========= =========== ===========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
F-5
<PAGE> 27
MOBILE MINI, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
------------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income $2,200,396 $4,483,967 $9,025,486
Adjustments to reconcile income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Extraordinary loss on early debt extinguishment, net -- -- 424,053
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable 1,104,863 983,526 1,346,054
Amortization of deferred loan costs 548,725 587,096 570,687
Amortization of warrant issuance discount 8,694 52,164 43,470
Depreciation and amortization 2,253,264 2,884,007 4,065,573
Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment 56,247 (2,901) 68,744
Deferred income taxes 1,508,119 2,989,211 6,299,545
Changes in certain assets and liabilities, net of effect of businesses
acquired:
Increase in receivables (2,732,485) (937,114) (3,065,586)
Decrease (increase) in inventories 250,066 (3,802,462) (1,032,895)
(Increase) decrease in deposits and prepaid expenses (155,631) 188,559 312,100
(Decrease) increase in other assets 10,746 (1,826) 212,463
Increase in accounts payable 119,305 277,199 504,846
Increase in accrued liabilities 912,634 753,416 455,128
------------ ------------ ------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES 6,084,943 8,454,842 19,229,668
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Cash paid for businesses acquired (Note 12) -- (3,944,446) (20,615,486)
Net purchases of portable storage unit lease fleet (17,078,799) (23,492,555) (30,407,183)
Net purchases of property, plant and equipment (2,140,205) (3,775,359) (4,682,561)
------------ ------------ ------------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES (19,219,004) (31,212,360) (55,705,230)
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net borrowings under lines of credit 9,477,069 21,300,472 14,454,488
Proceeds from issuance of notes payable 10,391,748 376,670 3,514,047
Deferred financing costs (727,434) (505,061) (660,214)
Principal payments on subordinated notes -- -- (6,900,000)
Principal payments on notes payable (4,632,298) (1,679,743) (2,049,213)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations (1,367,833) (2,386,321) (2,856,765)
Redemption of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock -- -- (8,000,000)
Exercise of warrants 260,820 5,672,647 877,735
Issuance of common stock 650 3,788 37,634,388
Preferred stock dividend -- -- (21,918)
------------ ------------ ------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES 13,402,722 22,782,452 35,992,548
------------ ------------ ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 268,661 24,934 (483,014)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR 736,543 1,005,204 1,030,138
------------ ------------ ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR $1,005,204 $1,030,138 $547,124
============ ============ ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for interest $4,347,025 $5,479,214 $5,453,406
============ ============ ============
Cash paid during the year for income taxes $66,162 $75,045 $93,294
============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
In 1999, the Company issued $8 million of Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred
Stock as partial payment of the purchase price of the assets of National
Security Containers, LLC. The Company subsequently redeemed the entire $8
million of preferred stock in 1999. In 1998, the Company issued 85,468 shares
of the Company's common stock valued at $500,000 as partial payment of the
purchase price for Nevada Storage Containers (Las Vegas, Nevada) and issued
18,022 shares of the Company's common stock valued at $184,000 as partial
payment of the purchase price of Aspen Instant Storage (Oklahoma City,
Oklahoma). In 1997, the Company issued 60,000 shares of the Company's common
stock and 15,000 warrants to purchase the Company's common stock with an
aggregate value of $357,675 as payment to the underwriter for services
performed in connection with the $6.9 million subordinated debt offering and
related bridge financing (Note 6). Capital lease obligations of $210,740
during 1998, were incurred in connection with lease agreements for equipment.
The Company did not enter into any capital lease obligations during 1997 or
1999.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
F-6
<PAGE> 28
MOBILE MINI, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1999
(1) THE COMPANY, ITS OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES:
Organization and Special Considerations
Mobile Mini, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a leading provider of portable
storage leasing solutions. The Company designs and manufactures portable steel
storage units and acquires and refurbishes used ocean-going shipping containers
for lease primarily in Arizona, California, Texas, Nevada, Oklahoma, New Mexico
and Colorado. In addition to its leasing operations, the Company sells new and
used portable storage units and provides other ancillary services.
The Company has experienced rapid growth during the last several years with
lease revenues increasing at a 43.9% compounded rate during the last three
years. This growth is related to internal growth of the Company's portable
storage unit lease fleet at existing locations, as well as acquisitions.
The Company believes that its current capitalization, together with borrowings
available under the Credit Facility, is sufficient to permit continued growth.
However, should the Company expand the rate of geographic expansion, the Company
will be required to secure additional financing through additional borrowings,
debt or equity offerings, or a combination of these sources. The Company
believes that such financing will be available; however, there is no assurance
that any such financings will be available or on terms acceptable to the
Company.
The Company's ability to obtain used containers for its lease fleet is subject
in large part to the availability of these containers in the market. This is in
part subject to international trade issues and the demand for containers in the
ocean cargo shipping business. Should there be a shortage in supply of used
containers, the Company could supplement its lease fleet with new portable
storage units manufactured by the Company. However, should there be an
overabundance of these used containers available, it is likely that prices would
fall. This could result in a reduction in the lease rates the Company could
obtain from its portable storage unit leasing operations. It could also cause
the appraised orderly liquidation value of the portable storage units in the
lease fleet to decline. In such event, the Company's ability to finance its
business through the Credit Facility would be affected as the maximum borrowing
limit under that facility is based upon the appraised orderly liquidation value
of the Company's portable storage unit lease fleet. In addition, under the
Credit Facility, the Company is required to comply with certain covenants and
restrictions as more fully discussed in Note 3. If the Company fails to comply
with these covenants and restrictions, the lender has the right to refuse to
lend the Company additional funds and may require early payment of amounts owed
to the lender. If this happens, it would materially impact the Company's growth
and ability to fund ongoing operations. Furthermore, because a substantial
portion of the amount borrowed under the Credit Facility bears interest at a
variable rate, a significant increase in interest rates could have a materially
adverse affect on the results of operations and financial condition of the
Company.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Mobile Mini, Inc.
and its wholly owned subsidiary, Mobile Mini I, Inc. (collectively the
"Company"). All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenues from sales of containers upon delivery. Revenue
generated under portable storage unit leases is recognized monthly when the
customer is invoiced.
F-7
<PAGE> 29
Revenue under certain contracts for the manufacture of telecommunication
shelters is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method primarily based
on contract costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs.
Provision for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period
in which such losses are determined. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
billings on uncompleted contracts is approximately $73,000 and $12,000 at
December 31, 1998 and 1999 respectively, and are included in receivables in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Revenue from portable storage unit delivery and hauling is recognized as these
services are provided.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to concentrations of
credit risk, as defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 105, consist primarily of receivables. Concentration of credit risk with
respect to receivables are limited due to the large number of customers spread
over a large geographic area in many industry segments. The Company's
receivables related to its sales operations are generally secured by the product
sold to the customer. The Company's receivables related to its leasing
operations are primarily small month-to-month amounts. The Company has the right
to repossess the portable storage unit, including any customer goods, for
non-payment.
The Company's leasing customers by major category are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Retail 40% 34%
Construction 31% 33%
Consumers 15% 12%
Commercial 7% 14%
Government and Institutions 6% 6%
Other 1% 1%
</TABLE>
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 1998 includes $415,800 (including
earned interest) in an interest reserve account as required under the Indenture
(see Note 6) in connection with the Company's 12% Senior Subordinated Notes.
Those Notes were prepaid in November 1999, and consequently there was no
corresponding amount at December 31, 1999.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being
determined under the specific identification method. Market is the lower of
replacement cost or net realizable value. Inventories at December 31 consist of
the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
---------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials and supplies $6,480,553 $7,453,662
Work-in-process 801,338 880,885
Finished portable storage units 1,268,887 1,309,610
---------- ----------
$8,550,778 $9,644,157
========== ==========
</TABLE>
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the
assets' estimated useful lives. Salvage values are determined when the property
is constructed or acquired and range up to 25%, depending on the nature of the
asset. In the opinion of management, estimated salvage values do not cause
F-8
<PAGE> 30
carrying values to exceed net realizable value. Normal repairs and maintenance
to property, plant and equipment are expensed as incurred.
Property, plant and equipment at December 31 consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated Useful Life 1998 1999
In Years ---------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Land $777,668 $777,668
Vehicles and equipment 5 to 20 15,963,099 19,397,810
Buildings and improvements 30 7,211,833 8,228,124
Office fixtures and equipment 5 to 20 3,404,320 3,964,242
----------- -----------
27,356,920 32,367,844
Less-Accumulated depreciation (7,094,182) (9,122,557)
----------- -----------
$20,262,738 $23,245,287
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
Property, plant and equipment includes assets acquired under capital leases of
approximately $818,000 and $767,000, and accumulated amortization of
approximately $165,000 and $190,000, at December 31, 1998 and 1999,
respectively.
At December 31, 1998 and 1999, a portion of property, plant and equipment was
pledged as collateral for notes payable obligations and obligations under
capital leases (see Notes 3, 4 and 5).
Accrued Liabilities
Included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
are customer deposits and prepayments totaling approximately $645,000 and
$880,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
Earnings Per Share
The Company has adopted SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share. Pursuant to SFAS No.
128, basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year.
Diluted earnings per common share are determined assuming that options were
exercised at the beginning of each year or at the time of issuance.
F-9
<PAGE> 31
Below are the required disclosures pursuant to SFAS No. 128 for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
--------------- ------------------ ------------------
Basic earnings per share:
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net income $2,200,396 $4,483,967 $ 9,003,568
========== ========== ===========
Weighted average common shares 6,752,147 7,839,623 10,153,086
---------- ---------- -----------
Basic earnings per share $0.33 $0.57 $0.89
========== ========== ===========
Diluted earnings per share:
Net income $2,200,396 $4,483,967 $ 9,003,568
========== ========== ===========
Weighted average common shares 6,752,147 7,839,623 10,153,086
Options and warrants assumed converted 48,156 577,545 487,352
---------- ---------- -----------
Weighted average common shares plus
assumed conversion 6,800,303 8,417,168 10,640,438
---------- ---------- -----------
Diluted earnings per share $0.32 $0.53 $0.85
========== ========== ===========
</TABLE>
Long-Lived Assets
The Company periodically evaluated the carrying value of long-lived assets in
accordance with SFAS No. 121 Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of. Under SFAS No. 121, long-lived
assets and certain identifiable intangible assets to be held and used in
operations are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. An impairment
loss is recognized if the sum of the expected long-term undiscounted cash flows
is less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets being evaluated.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined by the
Company using available market information and valuation methodologies.
Considerable judgment is required in estimating fair values. Accordingly, the
estimates may not be indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a
current market exchange.
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and accounts
payable approximate fair values. The carrying amounts of the Company's
borrowings under the revolving line of credit and certain variable rate notes
payable instruments approximate fair value. The fair value of the Company's
variable rate notes payable and revolving line of credit is estimated using
discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Company's current incremental
borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. Based on the
borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank loans with similar
terms and average maturities, the fair value of fixed rate notes payable at
December 31, 1999 is approximately $857,000.
Deferred Financing Costs
Included in other assets are deferred financing costs of approximately
$2,032,000 and $1,590,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively. These
costs of obtaining long-term financing are being amortized over the term of the
related debt, using the straight-line method. The difference between amortizing
the deferred financing costs using the straight-line method and amortizing such
costs using the effective interest method is not material.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities
F-10
<PAGE> 32
at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In June 1998, SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, was issued. This statement establishes accounting and reporting
standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance
sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. The statement
requires that changes in the fair value of the derivative be recognized
currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If
specific hedge accounting criteria are met, changes in the fair value of
derivatives will either be offset against the change in the fair value of the
hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings, or recognized
in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings.
The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value will be
immediately recognized in earnings. SAFS No. 133, as amended by SFAS No. 137, is
effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. The Company expects to
adopt SFAS No. 133 effective January 1, 2001. Management believes the impact of
adopting SFAS No. 133 will not have any material impact on the Company's
financial statements.
(2) PORTABLE STORAGE UNIT LEASE FLEET:
The Company has a portable storage unit lease fleet consisting of refurbished or
manufactured containers that are leased to customers under short-term operating
lease agreements with varying terms. Depreciation is provided using the
straight-line method over the portable storage units estimated useful lives of
20 years with salvage values estimated at 70% of cost. In the opinion of
management, estimated salvage values do not cause carrying values to exceed net
realizable value. Portable storage units included in the lease fleet with an
original loan value of approximately $7.0 million at December 31, 1998 and
$101,000 at December 31, 1999, have been pledged as collateral for notes payable
and obligations under capital leases. The balance of the portable storage units
are pledged as collateral under the Credit Facility (see Notes 3, 4 and 5).
Normal repairs and maintenance to the portable storage units are expensed as
incurred.
Portable storage unit lease fleet includes assets acquired under capital leases
of approximately $6,435,000 and $110,000, and accumulated depreciation of
approximately $361,000 and $7,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively.
(3) LINE OF CREDIT:
In March 1996, the Company entered into a Credit Facility. In December 1999, the
Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Facility. Under the terms of
the current Credit Facility, the Lenders have provided the Company with a $120
million revolving line of credit and a $6 million term loan. Borrowings under
the Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets.
Available borrowings under the revolving line of credit are based upon the level
of the Company's inventories, receivables and portable storage unit lease fleet.
The portable storage unit lease fleet is appraised at least annually, and up to
90% of the lesser of cost or appraised orderly liquidation value, as defined,
may be included in the borrowing base. The interest rate spread on the revolving
line of credit is fixed quarterly based on the Company's ratio of funded debt to
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Borrowings are,
at the Company's option, at either a spread from the prime or the Eurodollar
rate. At December 31, 1999, the prime rate was 8.5% and the Eurodollar rate
ranged from 6.1% to 6.5%. The interest rate charged under the revolving line of
credit at December 31, 1999 was 8.5% for prime rate borrowings and ranged from
7.4% to 7.8% for Eurodollar borrowings. The revolving line of credit expires in
March 2004, including a one-year extension option.
The revolving line of credit balance outstanding was approximately $57.2 million
and $71.6 million at December 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively. The amount
available for borrowing was approximately $35.8 million at December 31, 1999.
During 1998 and 1999, the weighted average interest rate under the line of
credit was 7.67% and 6.9%, respectively, and the average balance outstanding
during 1998 and 1999 was approximately $45.1 million and $61.7 million,
respectively.
F-11
<PAGE> 33
The Company entered into an Interest Rate Swap Agreement, (the Swap Agreement)
effective in September 1998, under which the Company is designated as the fixed
rate payer at an interest rate of 5.5% per annum. Under the Swap Agreement, the
Company has effectively fixed, for a three year period, the interest rate
payable on $30 million of its revolving line of credit so that it is based upon
a spread from 5.5%, rather than a spread from the Eurodollar rate. The Company
accounts for this agreement as a hedge of an existing liability in conformance
with SFAS No. 80, Accounting for Futures Contracts. Interest expense is accrued
using the fixed rate identified in the Agreement. The Company's objective in
entering into this transaction was to reduce the risk of interest rate
fluctuations in the future. As the Company intends to continue to operate with
leverage, management believed it was prudent to lock in a fixed interest rate at
a time when fixed rates had significantly decreased.
The Credit Facility contains several covenants including a minimum consolidated
tangible net worth requirement, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, a maximum
ratio of debt to equity, minimum operating income levels and minimum required
utilization rates. In addition, the Credit Facility contains limits on capital
expenditures and the incurrence of additional debt, as well as prohibiting the
payment of cash dividends.
(4) NOTES PAYABLE:
Notes payable at December 31 consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
--------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Notes payable to BT Commercial Corporation, interest ranging from $3,687,500 $5,750,000
1.50% over Eurodollar rate (6.125% to 6.1875% at December 31, 1999)
to 0.25% over prime (8.5% at December 31, 1999), fixed monthly
installments of principal plus interest, due March 2004, secured by
various classes of the Company's assets
Notes payable, interest ranging from 10.5% to 11.49%, monthly 591,186 329,501
installments of principal and interest, due April 2000 through May
2002, secured by equipment and vehicles
Notes payable, interest ranged from 11.49% to 12.63%, monthly 385,418 --
installments of principal and interest, were due July 2000 through
January 2001, secured by portable storage units and paid in full
during 2000.
Notes payable to financial institution, interest rate of 6.33%, 155,872 205,309
payable in fixed monthly installments due April 2000, unsecured
---------- ----------
$4,819,976 $6,284,810
========== ==========
</TABLE>
F-12
<PAGE> 34
Future maturities under notes payable are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ending December 31,
<S> <C> <C>
2000 $ 1,577,132
2001 1,341,719
2002 1,232,624
2003 1,200,000
2004 933,335
---------------
$ 6,284,810
===============
</TABLE>
(5) OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASES:
The Company has leased certain portable storage units and equipment under
capital leases expiring through 2003 with various leasing companies. The lease
agreements provide the Company with a purchase option at the end of the lease
term based on an agreed upon percentage of the original cost of the portable
storage units. These leases have been capitalized using interest rates ranging
from approximately 6% to 14%. The leases are secured by the portable storage
units and equipment under lease.
Future payments of obligations under capital leases:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ending December 31,
<S> <C> <C>
2000 $ 170,905
2001 95,254
2002 40,836
2003 84,920
-----------
Total payments 391,915
Less: Amounts representing interest (44,065)
-----------
$ 347,850
===========
</TABLE>
Gains from sale-leaseback transactions have been deferred and are being
amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Unamortized
gains at December 31, 1998 and 1999, approximated $254,000 and $237,000,
respectively, and are reflected as a reduction in the portable storage unit
lease fleet in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(6) EQUITY AND DEBT ISSUANCES:
In October 1997, the Company issued $6.9 million of 12% Senior Subordinated
Notes (the Notes) with a scheduled maturity date of November 1, 2002 and could
be redeemed by the Company at par on or after November 1, 1999. These Notes were
unsecured obligations of the Company. The Company redeemed the entire $6.9
million principal amount outstanding plus accrued interest on November 1, 1999.
The Notes were issued as part of a unit with Redeemable Warrants to purchase
172,500 shares of the Company's common stock at $5.00 per share. Additionally,
the Company issued warrants to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock to the
underwriters. The Company was required to maintain an interest reserve account
and to maintain in the reserve account, while any of the Notes were outstanding,
an amount equal to six months interest on the Notes based on the principal
amount outstanding. At December 31, 1998, the outstanding balance of the Notes
was $6.7 million, net of the remaining unamortized discount of approximately
$200,000. Because the Notes were offered as part of a unit with Redeemable
Warrants, a portion of the original offering price for a unit was allocated to
the Notes and a portion to the Redeemable Warrants based on their respective
fair market values. The resulting discount increased the effective interest rate
of the Notes and was being amortized to interest expense over the life of the
Notes. In conjunction with the redemption of the Notes, the Company recorded an
extraordinary charge for the remainder of the discount and certain unamortized
deferred loan charges.
F-13
<PAGE> 35
In May, 1999, the Company completed a public offering of 3.1 million shares of
its common stock at $13.25 per share. Of the shares sold, 2.5 million shares
were sold by the Company and 600,000 shares were sold by selling shareholders.
The Company received gross proceeds of $33.1 million. Additionally, the
underwriters exercised their overallotment option to purchase an additional
465,000 shares of common stock at the public offering price, resulting in
additional gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $6.2 million.
(7) INCOME TAXES:
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes. SFAS No. 109 requires the use of an asset and
liability approach in accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recorded based on the differences between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities at the tax rates in effect
when these differences are expected to reverse.
The provision for income taxes at December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 consisted of
the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
-------------- -------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current $ -- $ -- $ --
Deferred 1,467,000 2,989,000 6,300,000
--------- --------- ---------
Total $1,467,000 $2,989,000 $6,300,000
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The components of the net deferred tax liability at December 31, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1999
------------------ ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities):
Net operating loss carryforward $ 8,303,000 $ 9,728,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts 434,000 648,000
Alternative minimum tax credit 211,000 211,000
Other 307,000 715,000
Accelerated tax depreciation (17,496,000) (25,432,000)
Deferred (gain) expense on sale-leaseback transactions 34,000 97,000
------------ ------------
Net deferred tax liability $ (8,207,000) $(14,033,000)
============ ============
</TABLE>
A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the Company's effective tax
rate for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory federal rate 34% 34% 34%
State taxes, net of federal benefit 6 6 6
Other 0 0 0
------ ------ ------
40% 40% 40%
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1999, the Company had a federal net operating loss carryover of
approximately $24,320,000 which expires if unused in years 2008 to 2019. At
December 31, 1999, the Company had an Arizona net operating loss carryover of
approximately $11,702,000 which expires if unused in years 2000 to 2004. At
December 31, 1999, the Company has other insignificant net operating loss
carryovers in the various states in which it operates.
As a result of stock ownership changes during the years presented, it is
possible that the Company has undergone one or more changes in ownership which
can limit the amount of net operating loss currently available as a deduction.
Such limitation could
F-14
<PAGE> 36
result in the Company being required to pay tax currently because only a portion
of the net operating loss is available. Management believes that it will fully
realize its net operating loss carryforward and that a valuation reserve was not
necessary at December 31, 1999.
(8) TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES:
The Company leases a portion of the property comprising its Phoenix location and
the property comprising its Tucson location from Richard E. Bunger's five
children. Mr. Bunger is an executive officer, director and founder of the
Company. Annual base payments under these leases total approximately $66,000
with an annual adjustment based on the Consumer Price Index. The term of each of
these leases will expire on December 31, 2003. Additionally, the Company leases
its Rialto, California facility from Mobile Mini Systems, Inc., a corporation,
wholly owned by Mr. Bunger, for total annual base payments of $204,000, with
annual adjustments based on the Consumer Price Index. The Rialto lease is for a
term of 15 years, expiring on December 31, 2011. Management believes the rental
rates reflect the fair market value of these properties.
The Company obtains services throughout the year from Skilquest, Inc., a company
engaged in sales and management support programs. Skilquest, Inc. is owned by
Carolyn Clawson, the daughter of Mr. Richard E. Bunger and sister of Steven G.
Bunger. The Company made aggregate payments of approximately $69,000 and $85,000
to Skilquest, Inc. in 1998 and 1999, respectively, which the Company believes
represented the fair market value for the services performed.
The Company acquired 20 trucks from Richard E. Bunger in October 1998. The
purchase price was $256,000, which the Company believes represented the fair
market value for these assets.
During 1999, Mr. Bunger refurbished certain personally owned equipment at the
Company's facility and reimbursed the Company approximately $31,000 for labor
and material used. He had an additional $32,000 of work in process that the
Company will be reimbursed upon completion. The Company believes this amount
represented the fair market value for the services performed.
Mr. Bunger and the Company have entered into an agreement, dated December 30,
1999, whereby certain personally owned equipment of Mr. Bunger's, valued at
approximately $36,000, would be exchanged for certain other equipment the
Company owns which is valued at the same approximate market value. Part of this
exchange includes the Company owned vehicle which had been provided to Mr.
Bunger.
All ongoing and future transactions with affiliates will be on terms no less
favorable than could be obtained from unaffiliated parties and will be approved
by a majority of the independent and disinterested directors.
(9) BENEFIT PLANS:
STOCK OPTION PLANS
In August 1994, the Company's board of directors adopted the Mobile Mini, Inc.
1994 Stock Option Plan ("the Plan"). Under the Plan, as amended in 1998, options
to purchase a maximum of 1,200,000 shares of the Company's common stock may be
granted. In August 1999, the Board of Directors approved the adoption and
implementation of the Mobile Mini, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, under which
500,000 shares of Mobile Mini's common stock are reserved for issuance upon the
exercise of options which may be granted under this plan. The 1999 Plan was
approved by the stockholders at the Company's annual meeting in November 1999.
Under the terms of the plans, both incentive stock options ("ISOs"), which are
intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code,
and non-qualified stock options may be granted. ISOs may be granted to the
officers and key personnel of the Company. Non-qualified stock options may be
granted to the Company's directors and key personnel, and to providers of
various services to the Company. The purposes of the plans are to attract and
retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility
and to provide incentives to, and to encourage ownership of our stock by, key
management and other employees. The board of directors believes that stock
options are important to attract and to encourage the continued employment and
service of officers and other employees by facilitating their purchase of a
stock interest in Mobile Mini.
F-15
<PAGE> 37
The option exercise price for all options granted under the plans may not be
less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant
of the option (or 110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to an
optionee beneficially owning more than 10% of the outstanding common stock). The
maximum option term is ten years (or five years in the case of an incentive
stock option granted to an optionee beneficially owning more than 10% of the
outstanding common stock).
Payment for shares purchased under the plans may be made either in cash or, if
permitted by the particular option agreement, by exchanging shares of common
stock with a fair market value equal to the total option exercise price plus
cash for any difference. Options may, if permitted by the particular option
agreement, be exercised by directing that certificates for the shares purchased
be delivered to a licensed broker as agent for the optionee, provided that the
broker tenders to Mobile Mini cash or cash equivalents equal to the option
exercise price.
The plans are administered by the compensation committee, which is comprised of
our outside directors. They determine whether options will be granted, whether
options will be ISOs or non-qualified options, which officers, key personnel and
service providers will be granted options, the vesting schedule for options and
the number of options to be granted. Each option granted must expire no more
than 10 years from the date it is granted.
The board of directors may amend the plans (or either plan) at any time, except
that approval of the Company's shareholders is required for any amendment that
increases the aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to a plan,
changes the class of persons eligible to receive options, modifies the period
within which options may be granted, modifies the period within which options
may be exercised or the terms upon which options may be exercised, or increases
the material benefits accruing to the participants under the plan. The board of
directors may terminate or suspend the plans at any time. Unless previously
terminated, the 1994 Plan will terminate in November 2003 and the 1999 Plan will
terminate in August, 2009. Any option granted under a plan will continue until
the option expiration date, notwithstanding earlier termination of the plan
under which the option was granted.
The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans under APB No. 25,
under which no compensation expense has been recognized in the accompanying
financial statements for stock-based employee awards. All stock options have
been granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair value of
the Company's common stock on the date of grant. The Company adopted SFAS No.
123 for disclosure purposes in 1996. For purposes of SFAS No. 123, the fair
value of each option granted has been estimated at the date of the grant using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
------------------- ------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Risk free interest rates range 6.0 to 6.6% 5.27 to 5.49% 5.14 to 6.19%
Expected holding period 4.0 years 4.0 years 4.0 years
Dividend rate 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
Expected volatility 55.4% 53.5% 50.7%
</TABLE>
Under these assumptions, the fair value of the stock options granted was
$190,570, $329,774 and $667,586 for 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. These
amounts would be amortized on the straight-line basis as compensation expense,
over the average holding period of the options. If the Company had accounted for
stock options consistent with SFAS No. 123, utilizing the assumptions detailed
above, the Company's net income and earnings per share would have been reported
as follows at December 31:
F-16
<PAGE> 38
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
------------------- ------------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net income
As reported $2,200,396 $4,483,967 $9,003,568
Pro forma 2,086,054 4,286,102 8,603,016
Basic EPS:
As reported $0.33 $0.57 $0.89
Pro forma 0.31 0.55 0.85
Diluted EPS:
As reported $0.32 $0.53 $0.85
Pro forma 0.31 0.51 0.81
</TABLE>
The effect of applying SFAS No. 123 for providing pro forma disclosures is not
likely to be representative of the effect on reported net income or earnings per
share for future years, because options vest over several years, additional
stock options are generally awarded in each year, and SFAS No. 123 has not been
applied to options granted prior to January 1, 1995.
The following summarizes the activities under the Company's stock option plans
for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998 1999
--------------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
Weighted Weighted Weighted
Number of Average Number of Average Number of Average
Shares Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price
-------- -------------- --------- -------------- --------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Options outstanding, beginning of
year 347,000 $3.89 552,000 $3.80 756,150 $ 4.66
Granted 206,500 3.64 212,750 6.87 622,250 16.53
Canceled/Expired (1,300) 3.25 (7,700) 4.56 (14,100) 7.39
Exercised (200) 3.25 (900) 4.21 (258,250) 4.25
------- ------- ---------
Options outstanding, end of year 552,000 $3.80 756,150 $4.66 1,106,050 $11.39
------- ------- ---------
Options exercisable, end of year 247,050 $3.91 393,525 $4.22 309,425 $ 5.97
------- ------- -------
Options available for grant, end of
year 197,800 442,750 334,600
======= ======= =======
Weighted average fair value of
options granted $1.75 $3.23 $ 8.07
===== ===== ======
</TABLE>
F-17
<PAGE> 39
Options outstanding and exercisable by price range as of December 31, 1999 are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
---------------------------------------------- --------------------------
Weighted
Average Weighted Weighted
Remaining Average Average
Range of Options Contractual Exercise Options Exercise
Exercise Prices Outstanding Life Price Exercisable Price
--------------- ----------- ---- ----- ----------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$3.120 - $4.810 299,900 6.22 $3.662 188,700 $3.673
$6.125 - $10.125 189,700 8.19 $6.804 77,750 $7.074
$11.875 - $17.656 524,950 9.69 $15.771 33,600 $11.875
20.875 - $22.000 91,500 9.79 $21.152 9,375 $22.000
</TABLE>
401(k) PLAN
In 1995, the Company established a contributory retirement plan (the 401(k)
Plan) covering eligible employees with at least one year of service. The 401(k)
Plan is designed to provide tax-deferred retirement benefits to the Company's
employees in accordance with the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code.
The 401(k) Plan provides that each participant may annually contribute 2% to 15%
of his or her salary, not to exceed the statutory limit. The Company may make a
qualified non-elective contribution in an amount as determined by the Company.
Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan, the Company may also make discretionary
profit sharing contributions. Profit sharing contributions are allocated among
participants based on their annual compensation. Each participant has the right
to direct the investment of their funds among certain named plans. In 1998 and
1999, the Company contributed 10% of the employee contributions up to a maximum
of $500 per employee.
(10) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
As discussed more fully in Note 8, the Company is obligated under noncancellable
operating leases with related parties. The Company also leases its corporate
offices and other properties, as well as operating equipment from third parties
under noncancellable operating leases. Rent expense under these agreements was
approximately $932,000, $1,413,000 and $1,827,000 for the years ended December
31, 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively. Total future commitments under all
noncancellable agreements for the years ended December 31, are approximately as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
2000 $ 2,350,000
2001 2,453,000
2002 2,007,000
2003 1,847,000
2004 1,392,000
Thereafter 4,286,000
-------------
$ 14,335,000
=============
</TABLE>
The Company is involved in certain legal proceedings arising in the normal
course of business. In the opinion of management, the Company's potential
exposure under the pending proceedings is adequately provided for in the
accompanying financial statements and any adverse outcome will not have a
material impact on the Company's results of operations or its financial
condition.
F-18
<PAGE> 40
(11) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
REDEEMABLE WARRANTS
Redeemable Warrants to purchase 187,500 shares of the Company's common stock at
$5.00 per share (subject to adjustment as described below) were issued in
connection with the issuance in November 1997 of the Senior Subordinated Notes
(Note 6). A portion of the original offering price was allocated to the Notes
and the Redeemable Warrants based on their relative fair values. The Redeemable
Warrants first became exercisable on March 1, 1998. The expiration date of the
Redeemable Warrants is November 1, 2002. After October 13, 1999, the Company has
the right to redeem the Redeemable Warrants at any time after the date that the
closing price of the common stock has equaled or exceeded $8.75 per share of a
period of 20 consecutive trading days. The redemption price is $0.05 per
Redeemable Warrant.
The number of shares of common stock for which a Redeemable Warrant is
exercisable and the purchase price thereof are subject to adjustment from time
to time upon the occurrence of certain events, including certain dividends and
distributions and issuances of shares of common stock at a price below the
market price. A Redeemable Warrant does not entitle the holder thereof to
receive any dividends paid on common stock nor does a holder of Redeemable
Warrants, as such, have any rights of a stockholder of the Company. As of
December 31, 1999, 66,230 of the Redeemable Warrants had been exercised for an
equal number of shares of the Company's common stock, with proceeds to the
Company of approximately $331,000.
(12) ACQUISITIONS
The Company acquired the assets of five companies during the year ended December
31, 1999. The acquisitions were accounted for as purchases in accordance with
Accounting Principals Boards (APB) Opinion No. 16, and accordingly, the
purchased assets were recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of
acquisition. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
operations of the acquired companies from their respective dates of acquisition.
The aggregate purchase price of the operations acquired consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Cash $ 20,615,000
Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock 8,000,000
Other acquisition costs 750,000
---------------
Total $ 29,365,000
===============
</TABLE>
The fair value of the assets purchased has been allocated as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Receivables $ 887,000
Tangible assets 18,320,000
Deposits, prepaid expenses and other assets 397,000
Goodwill 11,355,000
Assumed liabilities (1,594,000)
---------------
Total $ 29,365,000
===============
</TABLE>
Goodwill is amortized using the straight-line method over 25 years from the date
of the acquisition. The Company did not make any acquisitions in 1997. Included
in other assets is $1,210,000 and $12,227,000 of goodwill, net of accumulated
amortization of $36,000 and $374,000 at December 31, 1998 and 1999 respectively.
In accordance with Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X, summary pro forma data is
required to be presented for material business combinations, accounted for as a
purchase according to APB 16, that have occurred in the current year. The
following unaudited pro forma combined financial information for the years ended
December 31, 1998 and 1999 gives effect to the NSC acquisition as if it
F-19
<PAGE> 41
had been consummated January 1 of each respective year. This unaudited pro forma
combined financial information does not purport to project what the Company's
actual results of operations would have been for the current period or for any
future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended Year Ended
December 31, 1998 December 31, 1999
Pro Forma Pro Forma
Historical Combined Historical Combined
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue $ 52,676,531 $ 59,872,992 $ 66,653,499 $ 69,628,636
Net income available to common
shareholders $ 4,483,967 $ 4,271,647 $ 9,003,568 $ 8,799,368
Earnings per share - basic $ 0.57 $ 0.54 $ 0.89 $ 0.87
Earnings per share - diluted $ 0.53 $ 0.51 $ 0.85 $ 0.83
</TABLE>
Pro Forma adjustments include adjustments to:
- Amortize the non-competition agreement on a straight line basis
over 5 years.
- Increase depreciation for the increase in the containers and
decrease in the vehicles and equipment carrying value to fair
value.
- Reflect the amortization of goodwill recorded in connection with
the acquisition, calculated based on a 25 year life.
- Eliminate the predecessor's interest expense related to debt not
assumed, and record interest expense on debt issued or assume in
connection with the acquisition.
- Record the estimate tax provision associated with the pro forma
adjustments for the acquisition and to record the tax provision
for the acquired company which was a limited liability company for
income tax purposes for all periods prior to its acquisition by
the Company. The effective income tax rate used was 40%.
- Record dividends on the Series B Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred
Stock
(13) SEGMENT REPORTING:
The Company has adopted SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information, effective December 31, 1998. SFAS No. 131
superseded SFAS No. 14, Financial Reporting for Segments of a Business
Enterprise. The adoption of SFAS No. 131 did not affect results of operations or
financial position, but did affect the disclosure of segment information.
The Company's management approach includes evaluating each segment on which
operating decisions are made based on performance, results and profitability.
The Company currently has one reportable segment, branch operations. The branch
operations segment includes the leasing and sales of portable storage units to
businesses and consumers in the general geographic area of each branch. This
segment also includes the Company's manufacturing facilities which are
responsible for the purchase, manufacturing and refurbishment of the Company's
products for leasing, sales or equipment additions to the Company's delivery
system, and its discontinued dealer program. Previously, the Company had a
corporate sales segment, which related to specialty type product sales and
included the telecommunications and modular division of the Company. This
segment is now included in "other" as the modular program was discontinued and
the Company has scaled back the sales of telecommunication units.
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note
1. The Company evaluates performance and profitability before interest costs,
depreciation, income taxes and major non-recurring transactions. The Company
does not account for intersegment revenues or expenses between its divisions.
F-20
<PAGE> 42
The Company's reportable segment concentrates on the Company's core business of
leasing, manufacturing, and selling portable storage and office units. Included
in the branch operations segment are residual sales from the Company's dealer
division that was discontinued in 1998. The operating segment has managers who
meet regularly and are accountable to the chief executive officer for financial
results and ongoing plans including the influence of competition.
For the Fiscal Year ended:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Branch
Operations Other Combined
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
December 31, 1997
- -----------------
Revenues from external customers $ 40,555,576 $ 5,527,047 $ 46,082,623
Segment profit (loss) before allocated interest,
depreciation and amortization and income tax expense 15,131,643 (3,959,201) 11,172,442
Allocated interest expense 4,980,955 53,901 5,034,856
Depreciation and amortization expense 2,002,123 251,141 2,253,264
Segment profit 2,109,282 91,114 2,200,396
Segment assets - lease fleet 49,150,986 -- 49,150,986
Segment assets - property, plant and equipment 16,677,428 1,334,488 18,011,916
Expenditures for long-lived assets - lease fleet 17,078,799 -- 17,078,799
Expenditures for long-lived assets - PPE 2,489,201 (348,996) 2,140,205
December 31, 1998
- -----------------
Revenues from external customers $ 48,677,951 $ 3,998,580 $ 52,676,531
Segment profit (loss) before allocated interest,
depreciation and amortization and income tax expense 22,569,007 (5,890,184) 16,678,823
Allocated interest expense 5,890,730 5,609 5,896,339
Depreciation and amortization expense 2,493,289 390,718 2,884,007
Segment profit (loss) 4,723,752 (239,785) 4,483,967
Segment assets - lease fleet 76,589,831 -- 76,589,831
Segment assets - property, plant and equipment 19,211,170 1,051,567 20,262,737
Expenditures for long-lived assets - lease fleet 23,492,555 -- 23,492,555
Expenditures for long-lived assets - PPE 5,122,157 (1,346,798) 3,775,359
December 31, 1999
- -----------------
Revenues from external customers $ 65,543,455 $ 1,110,044 $ 66,653,499
Segment profit (loss) before allocated interest,
depreciation and amortization and income tax expense 33,730,339 (7,021,208) 26,709,131
Allocated interest expense 6,161,876 -- 6,161,876
Depreciation and amortization expense 3,657,155 408,418 4,065,573
Segment profit (loss) 9,149,019 (145,451) 9,003,568
Segment assets - lease fleet 121,277,355 -- 121,277,355
Segment assets - property, plant and equipment 22,363,357 881,930 23,245,287
Expenditures for long-lived assets - lease fleet 30,407,183 -- 30,407,183
Expenditures for long-lived assets - PPE 4,368,687 313,874 4,682,561
</TABLE>
F-21
<PAGE> 43
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
Not applicable.
42
<PAGE> 44
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
The information called for by Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 is incorporated by
reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2000 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pursuant to Regulation 14A.
43
<PAGE> 45
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
(a) Documents filed as part of this Report:
(1) The financial statements required to be included in this
Report are included in ITEM 8 of this Report.
(2) The following financial statement schedule for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1998, and 1999 is submitted
herewith (at page F-4):
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules have been omitted because they are not
applicable or not required.
(3) Exhibits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number Description Page
<S> <C> <C>
3.1(5) Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Mobile Mini, Inc.
3.1.1(6) Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series C Junior
Participating Preferred Stock of Mobile Mini, Inc., dated December 17, 1999.
3.2 Amended and Restated By-laws of Mobile Mini, Inc., adopted February 14, 2000
4.1(1) Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.2(2) Agreement and Form of Warrant for Warrants issued in connection with 12%
Notes.
4.3(6) Rights Agreement, dated as of December 9, 1999, between Mobile Mini, Inc.
and Norwest Bank Minnesota, NA, as Rights Agent.
10.3(5) Mobile Mini, Inc. Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan
10.4 Mobile Mini, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan
10.5 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 27, 1999 among
Mobile Mini, Inc., each of the financial institutions initially
a signatory thereto, together with assignees, as Lenders, and
BT Commercial Corporation, as Agent.
10.6(1) Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J. Bunger, Carolyn
A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger (collectively
"Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated January 1, 1994
10.7(1) Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J. Bunger, Carolyn
A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger (collectively
"Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated January 1, 1994
10.8(1) Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J. Bunger, Carolyn
A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger (collectively
"Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated January 1, 1994
10.9(1) Lease Agreement by and between Mobile Mini Systems, Inc. ("Landlord") and
Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated January 1, 1994
</TABLE>
44
<PAGE> 46
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
10.10(3) Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J.
Bunger, Carolyn A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger
(collectively "Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated
August 15, 1994
10.11(2) Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J.
Bunger, Carolyn A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger
(collectively "Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated
August 15, 1994
10.12(3) Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J.
Bunger, Carolyn A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger
(collectively "Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated
August 15, 1994
10.13(4) Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Mobile Mini
Systems, Inc., a California corporation, ("Landlord"), and the
Company dated December 30, 1994
10.14(5) Amendment No. 2 to Lease Agreement between Mobile Mini Systems, Inc. and
the Company
10.15(1) Patents and Patents Pending
10.16(1) U.S. and Canadian Trade Name and Service Mark Registration
11 Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings
21(5) Subsidiaries of Mobile Mini, Inc.
23 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
27 Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
All other exhibits are omitted as the information required is inapplicable
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 (No. 33-71528-LA), as amended
(2) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-2 (No. 333-34413)
(3) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-QSB for the
quarter ended September 30, 1994
(4) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-KSB for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1994
(5) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997
(6) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K dated
December 13, 1999
(b) Reports on Form 8-K
On December 13, 1999, Registrant filed a Report 8-K related to the adoption of a
Shareholder Rights Plan
45
<PAGE> 47
SCHEDULE II
MOBILE MINI, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1998 AND 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
------------
1997 1998 1999
----------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Balance at beginning of year $ 268,181 $ 892,992 $ 1,085,250
Provision charged to expense 1,104,863 983,526 1,346,054
Provision acquired -- -- 313,203
Write-offs (480,052) (791,268) (1,123,020)
----------- ----------- -----------
Balance at end of year $ 892,992 $ 1,085,250 $ 1,621,487
=========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
46
<PAGE> 48
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
MOBILE MINI INC.
Date: February 29, 2000 By: /s/Steven G. Bunger
-------------------------------------------
Steven G. Bunger, President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
Date: February 29, 2000 By: /s/Steven G. Bunger
-------------------------------------------
Steven G. Bunger, President, Chief
Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: February 29, 2000 By: /s/Lawrence Trachtenberg
-------------------------------------------
Lawrence Trachtenberg, Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer
and Director (Principal Financial
Officer and Principal Accounting
Officer)
Date: February 29, 2000 By: /s/Deborah K. Keeley
-------------------------------------------
Deborah K. Keeley, Vice President and
Controller (Chief Accounting
Officer)
Date: February 29, 2000 By: /s/Richard E. Bunger
-------------------------------------------
Richard E. Bunger, Chairman and Director
Date: February 29, 2000 By: /s/Ronald J. Marusiak
-------------------------------------------
Ronald J. Marusiak, Director
Date: February 29, 2000 By: /s/George Berkner
-------------------------------------------
George Berkner, Director
Date: February 29, 2000 By: /s/Stephen A McConnell
-------------------------------------------
Stephen A McConnell, Director
S-1
<PAGE> 49
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
3.1(5) Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Mobile Mini, Inc.
3.1.1(6) Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series C Junior
Participating Preferred Stock of Mobile Mini, Inc., dated December 17, 1999.
3.2 Amended and Restated By-laws of Mobile Mini, Inc., adopted February 14, 2000
4.1(1) Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.2(2) Agreement and Form of Warrant for Warrants issued in connection with 12%
Notes.
4.3(6) Rights Agreement, dated as of December 9, 1999, between Mobile Mini, Inc.
and Norwest Bank Minnesota, NA, as Rights Agent.
10.3(5) Mobile Mini, Inc. Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan
10.4 Mobile Mini, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan
10.5 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 27, 1999 among
Mobile Mini, Inc., each of the financial institutions initially
a signatory thereto, together with assignees, as Lenders, and
BT Commercial Corporation, as Agent.
10.6(1) Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J. Bunger, Carolyn
A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger (collectively
"Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated January 1, 1994
10.7(1) Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J. Bunger, Carolyn
A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger (collectively
"Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated January 1, 1994
10.8(1) Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J. Bunger, Carolyn
A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger (collectively
"Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated January 1, 1994
10.9(1) Lease Agreement by and between Mobile Mini Systems, Inc. ("Landlord") and
Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated January 1, 1994
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 50
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
10.10(3) Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J.
Bunger, Carolyn A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger
(collectively "Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated
August 15, 1994
10.11(2) Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J.
Bunger, Carolyn A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger
(collectively "Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated
August 15, 1994
10.12(3) Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Steven G. Bunger, Michael J.
Bunger, Carolyn A. Clawson, Jennifer J. Blackwell, Susan E. Bunger
(collectively "Landlord") and Mobile Mini Storage Systems ("Tenant") dated
August 15, 1994
10.13(4) Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between Mobile Mini
Systems, Inc., a California corporation, ("Landlord"), and the
Company dated December 30, 1994
10.14(5) Amendment No. 2 to Lease Agreement between Mobile Mini Systems, Inc. and
the Company
10.15(1) Patents and Patents Pending
10.16(1) U.S. and Canadian Trade Name and Service Mark Registration
11 Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings
21(5) Subsidiaries of Mobile Mini, Inc.
23 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
27 Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
All other exhibits are omitted as the information required is inapplicable
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 (No. 33-71528-LA), as amended
(2) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-2 (No. 333-34413)
(3) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-QSB for the
quarter ended September 30, 1994
(4) Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-KSB for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1994
(5) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997
(6) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K dated
December 13, 1999
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.1.1
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
SERIES C JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
OF
MOBILE MINI, INC.
PURSUANT TO SECTION 151(g) OF THE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
We, Steven G. Bunger, President and Chief Executive Officer,
and Lawrence Trachtenberg, Secretary, of Mobile Mini, Inc., a corporation
organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the state of
Delaware (the "DGCL"), in accordance with the provisions of Section 151(g)
thereof, DO HEREBY CERTIFY:
That pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of
Directors by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company, the said Board of Directors on December 9, 1999, adopted the following
resolution creating a series of One Hundred Seventy Thousand (170,000) shares of
Preferred Stock designated as Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock:
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board
of Directors of the Company in accordance with the provisions of its Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, a series of Preferred Stock
of the company be and it hereby is created, and that the designation and amount
thereof and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and
other special rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereof are as follows:
Section 1. Designation and Amount.
There shall be a series of the Preferred Stock which shall be
designated as the "Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock," par value
$0.01 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall be
170,000. Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of
the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of
shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock to a number less than
that of the shares then outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon
exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of
outstanding securities issued by the Company.
Section 2. Dividends and Distributions.
(A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any
series of preferred stock of the Company ranking prior and superior to the
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the
holders of shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in
preference to the holders of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
of the Company (the "Common Stock"), and of any other junior stock, shall be
entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of
funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on
any regular quarterly dividend payment date as shall be
<PAGE> 2
established by the Board of Directors (each such date being referred to herein
as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share
of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per share
(rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1.00 or (b) subject
to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate
per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share
amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other
than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared
on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the
first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series C Junior
Participating Preferred Stock. In the event the Company shall at any time after
December 30, 1999 (the "Rights Declaration Date") declare or pay any dividend on
the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or
combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common
Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each
such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series C Junior Participating
Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b)
of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.
(B) The Company shall declare a dividend or distribution on
the Series C Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section
immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock
(other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the
event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock
during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next
subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1.00 per share on the
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on
such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on
outstanding shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock from the
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares,
unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the
first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares
shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date
of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date
for the determination of holders of shares of Series C Junior Participating
Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall
begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the
shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than
the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such
shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such
shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may, in accordance with
applicable law, fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a
dividend or distribution declared
2
<PAGE> 3
thereon, which record date shall be not more than such number of days prior to
the date fixed for the payment thereof as may be allowed by applicable law.
Section 3. Voting Rights.
The holders of shares of Series C Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:
(A) Each share of Series C Junior Participating Preferred
Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters submitted to
a vote of the stockholders of the Company. In the event the Company shall at any
time after the Rights Declaration Date declare or pay any dividend on the Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination
or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification
or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a
greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the
number of votes to which holders of shares of Series C Junior Participating
Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the
preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
(B) Except as otherwise provided herein, in the Company's
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by law, the holders of
shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, the holders of shares
of Common Stock, and the holders of shares of any other capital stock of the
Company having general voting rights, shall vote together as one class on all
matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Company.
(C) Except as otherwise set forth herein or in the Company's
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and except as otherwise
provided by law, holders of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall
have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to
the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth
herein) for taking any corporate action.
Section 4. Certain Restrictions.
(A) Whenever dividends or distributions payable on the Series
C Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether
or not declared, on shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock
outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Company shall not:
(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other
distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series
C Junior Participating Preferred Stock;
3
<PAGE> 4
(ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other
distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid
ratably on the Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all
such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in
proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares
are then entitled;
(iii) except as permitted in Section 4(A)(iv) below,
redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any
stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) with the Series C Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, provided that the Company may at any time redeem,
purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in
exchange for shares of any stock of the Company ranking junior (either
as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock; and
(iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
any shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or any
shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series C Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase
offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of
Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board
of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend
rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective
series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair
and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.
(B) The Company shall not permit any subsidiary of the Company
to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the
Company unless the Company could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4,
purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.
Section 5. Reacquired Shares.
Any shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock
purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be
retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. The Company shall
cause all such shares upon their cancellation to be authorized but unissued
shares of Preferred Stock which may be reissued as part of a new series of
Preferred Stock, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set
forth herein.
Section 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.
(A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any
series of Preferred Stock of the Company ranking prior and superior to the
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock with respect to liquidation, upon
any liquidation (voluntary or otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the
Company, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock ranking
junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up)
to the Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the
holders of shares of Series C
4
<PAGE> 5
Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have received $100.00 per share, plus
an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon,
whether or not declared, to the date of such payment (the "Series C Liquidation
Preference"). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series C
Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders
of shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless, prior
thereto, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have received an amount per
share (the "Common Adjustment") equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i)
the Series C Liquidation Preference by (ii) 100 (as appropriately adjusted as
set forth in subparagraph C below to reflect such events as stock dividends, and
subdivisions, combinations and consolidations with respect to the Common Stock)
(such number in clause (ii) being referred to as the "Adjustment Number").
Following the payment of the full amount of the Series C Liquidation Preference
and the Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series C
Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Common Stock, respectively, holders of
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common
Stock shall receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining
assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect
to such Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per
share basis, respectively.
(B) In the event there are not sufficient assets available to
permit payment in full of the Series C Liquidation Preference and the
liquidation preferences of all other series of preferred stock, if any, which
rank on a parity with the Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, then
such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of such parity
shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event
there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the
Common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to
the holders of Common Stock.
(C) In the event the Company shall at any time after the
Rights Declaration Date declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in
shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than
by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser
number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the Adjustment Number
in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such
Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares
of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of
which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately
prior to such event.
Section 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc.
In case the Company shall enter into any consolidation,
merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are
exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other
property, then in any such case the shares of Series C Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an
amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth)
equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any
other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which
each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Company
shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date declare or pay any dividend
on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a
5
<PAGE> 6
subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares
of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then
in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to
the exchange or change of shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred
Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator
of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after
such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
that are outstanding immediately prior to such event.
Section 8. Redemption.
The shares of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock
shall not be redeemable.
Section 9. Ranking.
The Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall rank
junior to all other series of the Company's Preferred Stock as to the payment of
dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series
shall provide otherwise.
Section 10. Fractional Shares.
Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in
fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such
holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends,
participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of
holders of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have executed and subscribed this
Certificate and do affirm the foregoing as true under the penalties of perjury
this ____th day of December, 1999.
By:_________________________
Name: Steven G. Bunger
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Attest
By:_________________________
Name: Lawrence Trachtenberg
Title: Secretary
6
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
MOBILE MINI, INC.
A DELAWARE CORPORATION
[As amended and restated through
February 14, 2000]
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
1. OFFICES........................................................................................................ 1
1.1. Principal Office................................................................................... 1
1.2. Other Offices...................................................................................... 1
2. CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION................................................................................... 1
2.1. References Thereto................................................................................. 1
2.2. Seniority Thereof.................................................................................. 1
3. SEAL........................................................................................................... 1
3.1. Form Thereof....................................................................................... 1
3.2. Use................................................................................................ 1
3.3. Authorization..................................................................................... 2
4. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS....................................................................................... 2
4.1. Annual Meetings.................................................................................... 2
4.2. Special Meetings................................................................................... 2
4.3. Action of Stockholders Without a Meeting........................................................... 2
4.4. Notice of Meetings................................................................................. 2
4.5. Adjourned Meetings................................................................................. 3
4.6. Quorum............................................................................................. 3
4.7. Notice of Stockholder Business at Annual Meetings.................................................. 3
4.8. Requisite Vote..................................................................................... 4
4.9. Manner of Voting................................................................................... 4
4.10. Record Date for Stockholders...................................................................... 7
4.11. Voting Records.................................................................................... 7
4.12. Election Inspectors............................................................................... 7
4.13. Organization and Conduct of Meetings.............................................................. 8
4.14. Informalities and Irregularities.................................................................. 8
5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS............................................................................................. 8
5.1. Powers............................................................................................. 8
5.2. Membership......................................................................................... 9
5.3. Nominations of Directors.......................................................................... 10
5.4. Vacancies......................................................................................... 11
5.5. Removal of Directors.............................................................................. 11
5.6. Meetings.......................................................................................... 11
5.7. Action by Directors Without a Meeting............................................................. 12
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
5.8. Notice of Meetings................................................................................ 12
5.9. Adjourned Meetings................................................................................ 12
5.10. Quorum........................................................................................... 12
5.11. Voting Requirements.............................................................................. 12
5.12. Presumption of Assent............................................................................ 12
5.13. Compensation..................................................................................... 13
5.14. Director Conflicts of Interest................................................................... 13
6. EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES................................................................................ 13
6.1. Creation.......................................................................................... 13
6.2. Powers............................................................................................ 13
6.3. Tenure and Removal................................................................................ 14
6.4. Vacancies......................................................................................... 14
6.5. Organization...................................................................................... 14
6.6. Quorum and Voting................................................................................. 14
7. OFFICERS...................................................................................................... 14
7.1. Officers; Appointment............................................................................. 14
7.2. Removal of Officers............................................................................... 15
7.3. Salaries.......................................................................................... 15
7.4. Vacancies......................................................................................... 15
7.5. Delegation........................................................................................ 15
7.6. Chairman of the Board............................................................................. 15
7.7. President and Vice President...................................................................... 15
7.8. Secretary and Assistant Secretary................................................................. 16
7.9. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer................................................................. 16
7.10. Controller....................................................................................... 17
8. RESIGNATIONS.................................................................................................. 17
8.1. Resignations...................................................................................... 17
9. BOOKS AND RECORDS............................................................................................. 17
9.1. Books and Records................................................................................. 17
9.2. Inspection........................................................................................ 17
10. STOCK CERTIFICATES........................................................................................... 17
10.1. Form Thereof..................................................................................... 17
10.2. Signatures and Seal Thereon...................................................................... 18
10.3. Ownership........................................................................................ 18
10.4. Transfers........................................................................................ 18
10.5. Lost Certificates................................................................................ 18
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
11. REPEAL, ALTERATION OR AMENDMENT.............................................................................. 18
11.1. Repeal, Alteration or Amendment.................................................................. 18
12. MISCELLANEOUS................................................................................................ 18
12.1. Indemnification.................................................................................. 19
12.2. Dividends........................................................................................ 19
12.3. Representation of Shares of Other Corporations................................................... 19
12.4. Construction and Definitions..................................................................... 19
12.5. Fiscal Year...................................................................................... 19
12.6. Conduct of Meetings.............................................................................. 19
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE> 5
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
MOBILE MINI, INC.
A DELAWARE CORPORATION
(as amended through, and effective on, February 14, 2000)
1. OFFICES
1.1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office for the transaction of the
business of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, either
within or without the State of Delaware, by formal resolution. The Board of
Directors shall have full power and authority from time to time to change the
location of the principal office of the Corporation.
1.2. OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may also have offices at such other
places, both within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors
may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
2. CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
2.1. REFERENCES THERETO. Any reference herein made to the Certificate of
Incorporation refers to the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation and all
amendments thereto as at any given time on file with the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware.
2.2. SENIORITY THEREOF. The Delaware General Corporation Law will in all
respects be considered superior to the Certificate of Incorporation with any
inconsistency resolved in favor of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The
Delaware General Corporation Law and the Certificate of Incorporation will in
all respects be considered senior and superior to these Bylaws, with any
inconsistency to be resolved in favor of the Delaware General Corporation Law
and the Certificate of Incorporation, and with these Bylaws to be deemed
automatically amended from time to time to eliminate any such inconsistency
which may then exist.
3. SEAL
3.1. FORM THEREOF. The seal of the Corporation will have inscribed thereon
the name of the Corporation and the state and year of its incorporation.
3.2. USE. Except to the extent otherwise required by law or these Bylaws,
the seal of the Corporation shall not be required to be affixed to any document
or instrument of the Corporation in order for such document or instrument to be
valid and binding upon the Corporation.
3.3. AUTHORIZATION. In the absence of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary,
any officer authorized by the Board of Directors to do so may affix the seal of
the Corporation to any instrument requiring a seal.
<PAGE> 6
4. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
4.1. ANNUAL MEETINGS.
(a) The annual meeting of stockholders will be held on such day and at
such time and place as the Board of Directors shall determine.
(b) The Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the President or
such other officer as the Board of Directors shall specify shall preside at the
annual meeting of stockholders.
(c) At each annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors for
the class of directors whose term is then ending and transact such other
business as may be properly brought before them.
4.2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose
or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the
Chairman of the Board and shall be called by the Secretary at the written
request, or by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote, of a majority of the
Board of Directors. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the
proposed meeting. The business which may be conducted at any such special
meeting will be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice thereof
and to such additional matters as the chairman of such meeting may rule to be
germane to such purpose or purposes.
4.3. ACTION OF STOCKHOLDERS WITHOUT A MEETING. Stockholders shall not have
the power to act by means of a written consent.
4.4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS.
(a) Written notice stating the day, time and place (which may be
within or without the State of Delaware) of any meeting of stockholders and, in
the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days
before the day of the meeting.
(b) The Secretary of the Corporation at the direction of the person or
persons calling the meeting shall deliver or give such notice by mail or by any
other means permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (including,
without limitation, personal delivery and delivery by means of electronic
communication, such as telefacsimile and email) to each stockholder of record
entitled to vote at such meeting.
(c) If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when
deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the
stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the
Corporation. If delivered or given by any other permitted means, such notice
shall be deemed delivered when dispatched by any generally accepted means of
electronic communication, addressed to the stockholder at an address of or for
that stockholder that is appropriate in view of the means of communication used.
Personal delivery of any such notice to any officer of a corporation or
association or to any member of a partnership shall constitute delivery of such
notice to such corporation, association or partnership.
2
<PAGE> 7
(d) Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder, a
waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such
notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be equivalent to
the giving of such notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute
a waiver of notice of such meeting unless that person is attending the meeting
for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because
the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
4.5. ADJOURNED MEETINGS. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or
place, unless the Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the
adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at
which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may
transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or, if after the
adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of
the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the meeting.
4.6. QUORUM. A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. All
shares represented and entitled to vote on any single subject matter that may be
brought before the meeting shall be counted for the purposes of determining a
quorum. Only those shares entitled to vote on a particular subject matter shall
be counted for the purposes of voting on that subject matter. Business may be
conducted once a quorum is present and may continue until adjournment of the
meeting notwithstanding the withdrawal or temporary absence of sufficient shares
to reduce the number present to less than a quorum.
4.7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AT ANNUAL MEETINGS. At any annual
meeting of stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have
been properly brought before the meeting. In addition to any other requirements
imposed by or pursuant to law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws,
each item of business to be properly brought before an annual meeting must (a)
be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at
the direction of the Board or the persons calling the meeting pursuant to the
Certificate of Incorporation; (b) be otherwise properly brought before the
meeting by or at the direction of the Board; or (c) be otherwise properly
brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought
before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given
timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be
timely, a shareholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at
the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor
more than 120 days prior to the annual meeting; provided, however, that in the
event less than 100 days' notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the
annual meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be
timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the 10th day
following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was
mailed or such public disclosure was made. For purposes of these Bylaws "public
disclosure" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones,
Associated Press, Reuters or comparable national news service, or in a document
publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "1934 Act"). A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set
forth as to each matter he or she purposes to bring before the annual meeting
(a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting
and the reasons for conducting such business a the annual meeting, (b) the name
and
3
<PAGE> 8
address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder(s)
proposing such business, (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation
which are beneficially owned by the proposing stockholder(s), and (d) any
material interest of the proposing stockholder(s) in such business. The chairman
of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the
annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting
in accordance with the provisions of this Section; and if he or she should so
determine, shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly
brought before the annual meeting shall not be transacted. The chairman of the
meeting shall have absolute authority to decide questions of compliance with the
foregoing procedures, and his or her ruling thereon shall be final and
conclusive. The provisions of this Section shall also govern what constitutes
timely notice for purposes of Rule 14a-4(c) under the 1934 Act.
4.8. REQUISITE VOTE. When a quorum is present or represented at any
meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote
which are present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any questions
brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express
provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a
different vote is required, in which case such express provisions shall govern
and control the decision of such question.
4.9. MANNER OF VOTING. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by the Delaware General Corporation Law, each share of stock
represented at any meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to one vote.
Except as otherwise herein provided, the recordholder of each share of stock, as
determined by the name appearing on the Corporation's books, shall be the person
empowered to cast the vote. Voting will be by ballot on any question as to which
a ballot vote is demanded, prior to the time the voting begins, by any person
entitled to vote on such question; otherwise, a voice vote will suffice. No
ballot or change of vote will be accepted after the polls have been declared
closed following the end of the announced time for voting. The following
additional provisions shall apply to the voting of shares:
(a) Treasury Stock. Shares of its own stock belonging to this
Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to
vote in the elections of directors of such other corporation is held by this
Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor counted for quorum purposes.
Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed as limiting the right of this
Corporation to vote its own stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity.
(b) Proxies.
(1) A stockholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed
in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized
attorney-in-fact. In the event any instrument granting a
proxy shall designate two or more persons to act as proxy,
any of such persons present at the meeting shall have and
may exercise all the powers conferred by such instrument
upon all the persons so designated unless such instrument
shall otherwise provide.
4
<PAGE> 9
(2) No proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the
date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the
proxy.
(3) A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that
it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled
with an interest sufficient at law to support an irrevocable
power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether
the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the
share itself or an interest in the Corporation or other
entity generally.
(4) A proxy is not revoked by the death or incapacity of the
maker unless, before the vote is counted or quorum is
determined, written notice of the death or incapacity is
given to the Secretary of the Corporation. A proxy may be
revoked by an instrument expressly revoking it, a duly
executed proxy bearing a later date, or the attendance of
the person executing the proxy at the meeting and his voting
of his shares personally.
(c) Corporate Stockholders.
(1) Shares standing in the name of another corporation, a
limited liability company, a partnership or other entity,
domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, partner,
member, agent or proxy as the bylaws or other similar
instrument of such other corporation or other entity may
prescribe or, in the absence of such provision, as the board
of directors or other body of such other corporation or
other entity may determine.
(2) The Secretary of the Corporation and the election inspectors
may accept the apparent authority of any officer or other
signatory purporting to have authority, and the Secretary of
the Corporation or the election inspectors shall have the
authority (but not the duty) to require that such documents
be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation in order to
verify the authority and power of any such officer, partner,
member, agent or proxy to vote the shares of the Corporation
held by any such other corporation or other entity.
(d) Shares Held by Fiduciary.
(1) Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian,
conservator or personal representative may be voted by him,
either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such
shares into his name.
(2) Shares standing in the name of a trustee, other than a
trustee in bankruptcy, may be voted by him, either in person
or by proxy, but no such trustee shall be entitled to vote
shares held by him without a transfer of such shares into
his name.
5
<PAGE> 10
(3) Shares standing in the name of a receiver, trustee in
bankruptcy or assignee for the benefit of creditors may be
voted by such representative, either in person or by proxy,
without the transfer thereof into his name if authority to
do so is contained in an appropriate order of the court by
which such receiver or trustee was appointed.
(4) The Secretary of the Corporation or the election inspectors
shall have the authority (but not the duty) to require that
such documents be filed with the Secretary of the
Corporation in order to verify the authority and power of
any such representative or other fiduciary to vote the
shares of the Corporation registered in the name of such
other person.
(e) Pledged Shares. A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be
entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the
name of the pledgee or unless the pledgee is specifically empowered by such
stockholder to vote the stockholder's shares.
(f) Joint Owners. If shares stand in the names of two or more persons,
whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common,
tenants by the entirety or tenants by community property or otherwise, or if two
or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares,
unless the Corporation is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished
with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the
relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall
have the following effect:
(1) If only one votes, his acts bind.
(2) If more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting
binds all.
(3) If more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any
particular matter, each faction may vote the shares in
question proportionally.
4.10. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS.
(a) In order to determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to
vote at any meeting of stockholders, or entitled to give their consent to
corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of
any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to
exercise any rights with regard to any lawful action, the Board of Directors may
fix, in advance, a record date that shall not exceed sixty (60) days nor be less
than ten (10) days preceding the day of such meeting or other action.
(b) The stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders will be determined as of the applicable record date if one has been
fixed; otherwise, if no record date is fixed, the record date for determining
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall
be at five o'clock in the evening Eastern time on the fifth day before the day
on which notice is given and, if no other record date is fixed, the record date
6
<PAGE> 11
for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting shall be the time of the day on which the first
written consent is provided.
4.11. VOTING RECORDS. The Secretary of the Corporation shall obtain from
the transfer agent of the Corporation a complete record of the stockholders
entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof,
arranged in alphabetical order and with the address of and the number of shares
held by each. Such record shall be produced at least ten (10) days prior to the
meeting, shall be kept open at the time and place of the meeting or such other
place as specified in the notice of the meeting, and shall be subject to the
inspection of any stockholder during such ten (10) day period and during the
whole time of the meeting for the purposes thereof.
4.12. ELECTION INSPECTORS.
(a) The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting of stockholders,
may appoint an election inspector or inspectors to act at such meeting (and any
adjournment thereof). If an election inspector or inspectors are not so
appointed, the chairman of the meeting shall make such appointment. If any
person appointed as an inspector fails to appear or to act, the chairman of the
meeting may appoint a substitute.
(b) If appointed, the election inspector or inspectors (acting through
a majority of them if there be more than one) will determine the number of
shares outstanding, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies and the
number of shares represented at the meeting in person and by proxy; they will
receive and count votes, ballots and consents and announce the results thereof;
they will hear and determine all challenges and questions pertaining to proxies
and voting; and, in general, they will perform such acts as may be proper to
conduct elections and voting with complete fairness to all stockholders.
(c) An election inspector need not be a stockholder of the
Corporation.
4.13. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT OF MEETINGS.
(a) Each meeting of stockholders will be called to order and
thereafter chaired by the Chairman of the Board if there is one; or if there is
no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is absent or so
requests, then by the President; or if both the Chairman of the Board and the
President are unavailable or if the Board of Directors so determines, then by
such other officer of the Corporation or such stockholder as may be appointed by
the Board of Directors.
(b) The Secretary of the Corporation will act as secretary of each
meeting of stockholders; in his absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint
any person (whether a stockholder or not) to act as secretary.
(c) After calling a meeting to order, the chairman thereof may require
the registration of all stockholders intending to vote in person and the filing
of all proxies with the election inspector or inspectors, if one or more have
been appointed (or, if not, with the secretary of the meeting). After the
announced time for such filing of proxies has ended, no further proxies or
changes, substitutions or revocations of proxies will be accepted. If directors
are to be elected,
7
<PAGE> 12
a tabulation of the proxies so filed will, if any person entitled to vote in
such election so requests, be announced at the meeting (or adjournment thereof).
(d) Absent a showing of bad faith on his part, the chairman of the
meeting will, among other things, have absolute authority to fix the period of
time allowed for the registration of stockholders and the filing of proxies,
determine the order of business to be conducted at such meeting, and in the
absence of any regulations established by the Board of Directors pursuant to
Section 12.6 of these Bylaws, establish reasonable rules for expediting the
business of the meeting (including any informal, or question and answer portions
thereof).
4.14. INFORMALITIES AND IRREGULARITIES. All informalities or irregularities
in any call or notice of a meeting or in the areas of credentials, proxies,
quorums, voting and similar matters will be deemed waived if no objection is
made at the meeting.
5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
5.1. POWERS. To the broadest extent permitted by applicable law, all
corporate power shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the
business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, the Board of
Directors. In addition to any other powers granted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, it is hereby
expressly declared that the directors shall have the following powers:
(a) To select and remove all the officers, agents and employees of the
Corporation, to prescribe such powers and duties for them as may not be
inconsistent with law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, and to
fix their compensation.
(b) To conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of the
Corporation and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent
with law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws as they may deem best.
(c) To designate any place, within or without the State of Delaware,
for the holding of any meeting or meetings of stockholders, to adopt, make and
use a corporate seal, to prescribe the form of certificate of stock, and to
alter the forms of such seal and such certificates to ensure that they, at all
times, comply with the applicable law.
(d) To authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the Corporation
from time to time upon such terms as may be lawful and in consideration of money
paid, labor done or services actually rendered, debts or securities canceled, or
tangible or intangible property actually received, or in the case of shares
issued, as a dividend against amounts transferred from surplus to stated
capital.
(e) To create and issue (whether or not in connection with the issue
and sale of any stock or other securities of the Corporation) warrants, rights
or options entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the Corporation any
shares of any class or classes or any other securities of the Corporation for
such consideration and to such persons, firms or corporations as the Board of
Directors, in its sole discretion, may determine, setting aside from the
authorized but unissued stock of the Corporation the requisite number of shares
for issuance upon the exercise of such
8
<PAGE> 13
warrants, rights or options. Such warrants, rights or options shall be evidenced
by such instrument or instruments as shall be approved by the Board of
Directors. The terms upon which, the time or times (which may be limited or
unlimited in duration) at or within which, and the price or prices at which any
such shares or other securities may be purchased from the Corporation upon the
exercise of any such warrant, right or option shall be such as shall be fixed
and stated in a resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing
for the creation and issue of such warrants, rights or options.
(f) To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the
Corporation and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor in the corporate
name promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges,
hypothecations and other evidences of debt and securities therefor.
(g) To authorize a person or persons to sign and endorse all checks,
drafts or other forms for payment of money, notes or other evidences of
indebtedness issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation.
5.2. MEMBERSHIP.
(a) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by
its Board of Directors, consisting of not less than three nor more than
thirteen. The Board of Directors will have the power to increase or decrease its
size within such limits; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of
directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent
director.
(b) Subject to and at such time as provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, the number of Board of Directors shall be divided into three (3)
classes, as nearly equal in number as may be, to serve staggered three-year
terms on the Board of Directors. In the case of any increase in the number of
directors of the Corporation, the additional directors shall be so classified
that all classes of directors shall be increased equally as nearly as may be,
and the additional directors shall be elected as provided herein by the
directors or by the stockholders at an annual meeting. In case of any decrease
in the number of directors of the Corporation, all classes of directors shall be
decreased equally as nearly as may be.
(c) Election of directors shall be conducted as provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation, in these Bylaws or by applicable law. At each
annual meeting, the shareholders shall elect directors to hold office until the
next annual meeting of shareholders or until the end of the term for which a
director was elected in accordance with the classification of directors pursuant
to the Certificate of Incorporation. Each director shall hold office until his
successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.
The directors need not be stockholders or residents of the state of
incorporation.
9
<PAGE> 14
5.3. NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS.
(a) Nominations for election to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation at a meeting of stockholders may be made by the Board of Directors,
or on behalf of the Board of Directors by a nominating committee appointed by
the Board of Directors, or by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to
vote for the election of directors at such meeting.
(b) Such nominations, other than those made by or on behalf of the
Board of Directors, shall be made by notice in writing delivered or mailed by
the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Corporation and
received by him not less than sixty (60) days prior to any annual meeting of
stockholders or such other period as may be specified in the proxy statement for
the most recently concluded meeting of the stockholders.
(c) Such notice shall set forth as to each proposed nominee who is not
an incumbent director (i) the name, business address, telephone number and, if
known, residence address of each such nominee, (ii) the principal occupation or
employment of each such nominee, (iii) the number of shares of stock of the
Corporation that are beneficially owned by each such nominee and by the
nominating stockholder, and (iv) any other information concerning each such
nominee that must be disclosed with respect to nominees in proxy solicitations
pursuant to the rules, regulations and forms then promulgated under Section
14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
5.4. VACANCIES.
(a) Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though not less
than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director so chosen shall
hold office until the next election of directors, or the next election of
directors of the class of directors to which that director was elected if the
Corporation shall then have a classified Board of Directors, when his successor
is elected and qualified. Any newly created directorship shall be deemed a
vacancy.
(b) When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of
Directors, effective at a future time, a majority of the directors then in
office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such
vacancy or vacancies. Such vote thereon shall take effect when such resignation
or resignations become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office
as herein provided in the filling of other vacancies.
(c) If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause,
the Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any
stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or personal
representative of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like
responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special
meeting of stockholders.
5.5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. At a meeting of the stockholders called
expressly for that purpose, directors may be removed, with or without cause, by
a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an
election of directors.
5.6. MEETINGS.
10
<PAGE> 15
(a) Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of the directors shall be held
after the adjournment of each annual meeting of stockholders at the place at
which such meeting of stockholders was held or on such other day and at such
other time and place as the Board of Directors shall determine.
(b) Regular Meetings. Regular meetings other than annual meetings may
be held without notice at regular intervals at such places, within or without
the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time
to time provide.
(c) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may
be held whenever and wherever (within the continental United States) called for
by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the number of directors required
to constitute a quorum.
(d) Manner of Participating. Members of the Board of Directors or any
committee thereof may participate in any meeting, regular or special, by means
of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. The participation
in a meeting so held shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
5.7. ACTION BY DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required to be taken
at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any action that may be taken at a
meeting of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee or other committee
thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all directors or committee members
consent thereto in writing. Such consent shall have the same effect as an
unanimous vote.
5.8. NOTICE OF MEETINGS.
(a) Regular Meetings. No notice need be given of regular meetings of
the Board of Directors.
(b) Special Meetings. Written notice of the day, time and place (but
not necessarily the purpose or all of the purposes) of any special meeting shall
be delivered or given to each director verbally or in writing either personally,
by telephone, by telefacsimile, by mail or by any other reliable means of
communication. Notice to any director of such special meeting will be deemed
delivered sufficiently in advance when, if mailed, the same is deposited in the
United States mail, postage prepaid, at least five (5) days before the meeting
day or, if by any other permitted means, the same is delivered to the director
at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the convening of the meeting.
(c) Waiver of Call or Notice. Any director may waive call or notice of
any meeting (and any adjournment thereof) at any time before, during which or
after it is held. Attendance of a director at any meeting will automatically
evidence his waiver of call and notice of such meeting (and any adjournment
thereof) unless he is attending the meeting for the express purpose of objecting
to the transaction of business thereat because it has not been properly called
or noticed. No call or notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors will be
necessary if each of them waives the same in writing or by attendance as
aforesaid.
11
<PAGE> 16
5.9. ADJOURNED MEETINGS. Any meeting, once properly called and noticed (or
as to which call and notice have been waived) and at which a quorum is formed,
may be adjourned to another time and place by a majority of those in attendance.
Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given
to absent directors if the time and place be fixed at the meeting adjourned.
5.10. QUORUM. A majority of the number of directors then serving shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting or adjourned
meeting of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that in no event shall
fewer than two directors constitute a quorum unless only one director is then
serving.
5.11. VOTING REQUIREMENTS. The act of the majority of the directors present
at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of
Directors.
5.12. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director of the Corporation who is present
at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof at which
action is taken on any corporate matter will be presumed to have assented to the
action taken unless his dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or he
files his written dissent to such action with the person acting as secretary of
the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or he forwards such dissent by
registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the
adjournment of such meeting. A right to dissent shall not be available to a
director who voted in favor of the action.
5.13. COMPENSATION. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the directors
may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board
of Directors or of any committee thereof, a fixed sum for attendance at each
such meeting or a stated salary as a director or committee member, or any
combination of the foregoing. Directors may participate in stock option or other
benefit plans of the Corporation in accordance with the terms and provisions
thereof. No such payment or participation will preclude any director from
serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation
therefor.
5.14. DIRECTOR CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. No contract or other transaction
between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or any other business
entity in which one or more of its directors is also a director or officer or is
financially interested shall be either void or voidable because of such
relationship or interest or because such director or directors are present at a
meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes,
approves or ratifies such contract or transaction or vote for such
authorization, approval or ratification if:
(a) Approval by Disinterested Directors. The fact of the relationship
or interest is disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee
thereof, and the number of disinterested directors or committee members
authorizing, approving or ratifying such contract or transaction is sufficient
for such authorization, approval or ratification to be granted; or
(b) Approval by Stockholders. The fact of the relationship or interest
is disclosed to the stockholders entitled to vote, and they authorize, approve
or ratify such contract or transaction; or
12
<PAGE> 17
(c) Fair and Reasonable. In light of circumstances known to those
entitled to vote thereon at that time, the contract or transaction is fair and
reasonable to the Corporation at the time the contract or transaction is
authorized, approved or ratified.
6. EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES
6.1. CREATION. The Board of Directors may designate, by resolution adopted
by an absolute majority of the full Board of Directors, two or more of its
members as an Executive Committee, and may designate from among its members one
or more other committees. The designation of the Executive Committee or any
other committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to
relieve the Board of Directors or any member thereof of any responsibility
imposed by law.
6.2. POWERS. The Executive Committee, when the Board of Directors is not in
session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business affairs of the Corporation, subject
to the limitations as may be included in the resolution of the Board of
Directors and the limitations set forth below. Neither the Executive Committee
nor any other committee shall have the authority of the Board of Directors in
reference to the following matters:
(a) The submission to the stockholders of any action that requires
stockholders' authorization or approval.
(b) The filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any
committee of the Board of Directors.
(c) The amendment or repeal of the Bylaws or the adoption of new
Bylaws.
(d) The fixing of compensation of directors for serving on the Board
of Directors or on any committee thereof.
6.3. TENURE AND REMOVAL. The members of any committee shall hold office
until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors and until their
successors are appointed by a new resolution of the Board of Directors. The
Board of Directors, with or without cause, may dissolve any committee or remove
any member thereof at any time.
6.4. VACANCIES. Any vacancies occurring by reason of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled only by the full Board of
Directors.
6.5. ORGANIZATION. The members of the Executive Committee or other
committee shall elect a chairman of the committee, who shall appoint a secretary
of the same, and the committee shall otherwise fix its own rules or procedures
that shall not be inconsistent with these Bylaws. The Executive Committee or
other committee shall meet where and as provided by its rules.
6.6. QUORUM AND VOTING. A majority of the members of the Executive
Committee or other committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business at any meeting thereof;
13
<PAGE> 18
provided, however, that the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the
Executive Committee or other committee in all cases shall be necessary for the
adoption of any resolution.
6.7. MINUTES. The Executive Committee and other committees shall keep
regular minutes of their proceedings and the transactions of their meetings and
report the same to the Board of Directors at the next meeting thereof. Such
minutes shall be open to the inspection of any director upon application at the
office of the Corporation during business hours.
7. OFFICERS
7.1. OFFICERS; APPOINTMENT.
(a) The officers of the Corporation shall include a President, a
Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of
Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint a Chairman of the Board, one
or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant
Treasurers and such other officers as it may from time to time deem appropriate
or necessary. The Board of Directors further may appoint or delegate to any
standing Audit Committee of the Board of Directors the power to appoint a
Controller.
(b) The same person may hold any number of offices, except that the
offices of President and Secretary shall not be held by the same person, and the
offices of Controller and Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer shall not be held by
the same person.
(c) All officers and agents shall have such authority and perform such
duties in the management of the Corporation as may be provided in these Bylaws
or as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors not inconsistent
with these Bylaws.
7.2. REMOVAL OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may remove any officer or
agent of the Corporation whenever, in its judgment, the best interest of the
Corporation will be served thereby. Such removal shall be without prejudice to
the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed; the election or
appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create any such contract
rights.
7.3. SALARIES. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to
time by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof to which such
authority may be delegated by the full Board of Directors. No officer shall be
prevented from receiving a salary by reason of the fact that he is also a
director of the Corporation.
7.4. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors
at any time.
7.5. DELEGATION. The Board of Directors may, by resolution duly recorded in
the minutes of the Board of Directors, delegate to the Chief Executive Officer
of the Corporation the authority to fix the salaries and other compensation of
any or all officers of the Corporation, except himself.
7.6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of
the Board to serve as a general executive officer of the Corporation and, if
specifically designated as
14
<PAGE> 19
such by the Board of Directors, as the Chief Executive Officer and principal
executive officer of the Corporation. If elected, the Chairman will preside at
all meetings of the Board of Directors and be vested with such other powers and
duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time delegate to him.
7.7. PRESIDENT AND VICE PRESIDENT.
(a) The President will be the chief operating officer of the
Corporation and will supervise the business and affairs of the Corporation and
the performance by all of its other officers of their respective duties, subject
to the control of the Board of Directors and of its Chairman, if the Chairman
has been specifically designated as the Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation (failing which the President will be such Chief Executive Officer
and principal executive officer).
(b) One or more Vice Presidents may be elected by the Board of
Directors, each of whom, in the order designated by the Board of Directors, will
be vested with all of the powers and charged with all of the duties (including
those herein specifically set forth) of the President in the event of his
absence or disability. Each Vice President will perform such other duties as may
from time to time be delegated or assigned to him by the Chief Executive
Officer, the President or the Board of Directors.
(c) Except as may otherwise be specially provided by resolution of the
Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President will be a proper officer
to sign on behalf of the Corporation any deed, bill of sale, assignment, option,
mortgage, pledge, note, bond, evidence of indebtedness, application, consent (to
service of process or otherwise), agreement, indenture or other instrument of
any significant importance to the Corporation.
7.8. SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
(a) The Secretary will keep the minutes of meetings of the Board of
Directors, see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions
of these Bylaws or as required by law, be custodian of the records of the
Corporation and of its seal, and in general, perform all duties incident to his
office. Except as may otherwise be specifically provided in a resolution of the
Board of Directors, the Secretary will be a proper officer to impress the
Corporation's seal on any instrument signed by the President or any Vice
President and to attest to the same.
(b) There may be one or more Assistant Secretaries, and such persons
shall perform such functions as from time to time may be assigned to them by the
Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, any Vice President or the Secretary.
7.9. TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER.
(a) The Treasurer will be the principal financial officer of the
Corporation and, if specifically designated by the Board of Directors, will also
be the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall have
custody of the Corporate funds and securities and will cause all money and other
valuable effects to be deposited in the name and to the credit of the
Corporation in such depositories, subject to withdrawal in such manner, as may
be designated by
15
<PAGE> 20
the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the
Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers
for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the directors
(at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever they may require)
an account of all his transactions as Treasurer.
(b) There may be one or more Assistant Treasurers. Such persons shall
perform such functions as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board
of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, any Vice President or the Treasurer. No Assistant Treasurer shall
have the power or authority to collect, account for or pay over any tax imposed
by any federal, state or city government.
(c) No Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer shall also serve as Controller
of the Corporation. If no Controller is elected by the Board of Directors or any
standing Audit Committee thereof, the Treasurer shall also serve as principal
accounting officer of the Corporation.
7.10. CONTROLLER. The Controller, if elected by the Board of Directors or
any standing Audit Committee thereof, will be the principal accounting officer
of the Corporation and shall have charge of the Corporation's books of account,
records and auditing, and generally do and perform all such other duties as
pertain to such office and as may be required by the Board of Directors or the
President and the Chief Executive Officer, if he be other than the President.
The Controller shall not serve as Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer.
8. RESIGNATIONS
8.1. RESIGNATIONS. Any director, committee member or officer may resign
from his office at any time by written notice delivered or addressed to the
Corporation at its principal place of business. Any such resignation will be
effective upon its receipt by the Corporation unless some later time is therein
fixed, and then from that time. The acceptance of a resignation will not be
required to make it effective.
9. BOOKS AND RECORDS
9.1. BOOKS AND RECORDS. The Corporation shall keep correct and complete
books, records of account and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders,
Board of Directors and any committees thereof. Additionally, the Corporation
shall keep at its statutory agent's office, or at its principal place of
business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record of its
stockholders, giving the name and addresses of all stockholders and the number
and class of the shares held by each. Any books, records and minutes may be in
written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form
within a reasonable time.
9.2. INSPECTION. Any person who is a holder of record of shares of stock of
the Corporation or of a voting trust beneficial interest therefor, upon written
demand delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the statutory agent
for receipt of service of process, stating the purpose thereof, shall have the
right to examine, in person or by agent or attorney, at any
16
<PAGE> 21
reasonable time or times, for any proper purpose, its relevant books and records
of accounts, minutes and record of stockholders and to make copies of or
extracts therefrom.
10. STOCK CERTIFICATES
10.1. FORM THEREOF. Each certificate representing stock of the Corporation
will be in such form as may from time to time be approved by the Board of
Directors, will be numbered and will exhibit on the face thereof the
recordholder's name, the number of shares represented thereby and such other
matters as are required by law to be stated thereon.
10.2. SIGNATURES AND SEAL THEREON. All certificates issued for shares of
the Corporation's capital stock (whether new, re-issued or transferred) will
bear the signatures of the President or any Vice President and of the Secretary
or Assistant Secretary, and may bear the impression of the Corporation's
corporate seal. The signatures of such officers of the Corporation and the
impression of its corporate seal may be in facsimile form on any certificates
which are manually countersigned by or on behalf of an independent transfer
agent or registrar duly appointed by the Corporation for the shares of stock
evidenced thereby. If a supply of unissued certificates bearing the facsimile
signature of a person remains when that person ceases to hold the Corporate
office indicated on such certificates, they may still be countersigned,
registered, issued and delivered by the Corporation's transfer agent or
registrar thereafter, the same as though such person had continued to hold the
office indicated on such certificate.
10.3. OWNERSHIP. The Corporation will be entitled to treat the registered
owner of any share as the absolute owner thereof and, accordingly, will not be
bound to recognize any beneficial, equitable or other claim to or interest in
such share on the part of any other person, whether or not he has notice
thereof, except as may expressly be provided by statute.
10.4. TRANSFERS. Transfers of stock will be made on the books of the
Corporation only at the direction of the person or persons named in the
certificate thereof, or at the direction of his or their duly authorized
attorney-in-fact or duly appointed personal representative, and upon the
surrender of such certificate, properly endorsed to the Secretary or the duly
authorized transfer agent or agents of the Corporation.
10.5. LOST CERTIFICATES. In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of
any certificate representing capital stock of this Corporation or of any
predecessor corporation, the Corporation may issue (or, in the case of any such
stock as to which a transfer agent or registrar has been appointed, may direct
such transfer agent or registrar to countersign, register and issue) a
certificate in lieu of that alleged to be lost, stolen or destroyed. Said
certificate may be issued upon such terms and conditions, including reasonable
indemnification of the Corporation, as the Board of Directors shall reasonably
require, and the Corporation may cause the same to be delivered to the owner of
the stock represented thereby, provided that the owner shall have submitted such
evidence showing the circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction and his
ownership of the certificate as the Corporation considers satisfactory, together
with any other facts that the Corporation considers pertinent.
11. REPEAL, ALTERATION OR AMENDMENT
17
<PAGE> 22
11.1. REPEAL, ALTERATION OR AMENDMENT. These Bylaws may be repealed,
altered or amended, or substituted bylaws may be adopted at any time, only by
resolution duly adopted by a majority of the full Board of Directors, subject to
repeal or change by action of the stockholders.
12. MISCELLANEOUS
12.1. INDEMNIFICATION. To the broadest extent permitted by Delaware law,
the Corporation shall indemnify and pay the expenses of any person who is or was
made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding (whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that he
is or was a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of or for the
Corporation or is or was serving at the request or with the prior approval of
the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another
corporation, trust or enterprise against any liability asserted against him and
incurred by him in any capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or
not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability
under the provisions of these Bylaws.
12.2. DIVIDENDS. Any dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation,
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, may be declared
by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting pursuant to law.
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock,
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Delaware
General Corporation Law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside,
out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as
the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think
proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, for equalizing dividends,
for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other
purposes as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the
Corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in
the manner in which it was created.
12.3. REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. The President or any
Vice President of this Corporation is authorized to vote, represent and exercise
on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any
other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this Corporation. The
authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of this
Corporation any and all shares held by this Corporation in any other corporation
or corporations may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any
other person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by
said officers, provided that the Board of Directors may from time to time confer
the foregoing authority upon any other person or persons.
12.4. CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS. Unless the context otherwise requires,
the general provisions, rules of constructing and definitions contained in the
Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the masculine gender includes
the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes the plural and the plural
number includes the singular; and the term "person" includes a corporation as
well as a natural person.
12.5. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be designated
and determined by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time.
18
<PAGE> 23
12.6. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. The Board of Directors may promulgate rules and
regulations and establish the rules of procedure applicable at all meetings of
stockholders and the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, and the
provisions thereof are incorporated herein by reference. Absent a specific rule
or regulation, the chairman of any meeting shall determine the order of business
and shall have authority, in his discretion, to regulate the conduct of such
meetings.
19
<PAGE> 24
CERTIFICATION
The undersigned, the Secretary of Mobile Mini, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, hereby certifies that the foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws of
the Corporation were duly adopted by the Board of Directors on February 14,
2000.
--------------------------------
Lawrence Trachtenberg, Secretary
20
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.4
MOBILE MINI, INC.
1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN
Section 1. PURPOSE OF PLAN
The purposes of the Mobile Mini, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan
(the "Plan") are to attract and retain the best available personnel for
positions of substantial responsibility, and to provide an incentive to, and to
encourage ownership of the stock of Mobile Mini, Inc. ("Company"), by its key
management and other employees. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive
Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code
(the "Code") or nonstatutory stock options, as determined by the Committee at
the time of grant.
Section 2. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
(a) Stock Available for Grants of Options. Subject to the
provisions of Section 14, 500,000 shares of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share, of the Company ("Common Stock") have been allocated to the Plan and
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options granted under the Plan.
(b) Treasury Shares. The Company may, in its discretion, use
shares held in the treasury under this Plan in lieu of authorized but unissued
shares of Common Stock. If any option shall expire or terminate for any reason
without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject thereto
shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan. Any shares of Common
Stock which are used as full or partial payment to the Company by an optionee of
the purchase price upon exercise of the option shall again be available for the
purposes of the Plan.
Section 3. ADMINISTRATION
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee referred to in
Section 4 (the "Committee"). Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to determine the
individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, options shall be granted
and the number of shares to be subject to each option. In making such
determinations the Committee may take into account the nature of the services
rendered by the respective individuals, their present and potential
contributions to the Company's success and such other factors as the Committee,
in its discretion, shall deem relevant. Subject to the express provisions of the
Plan, the Committee shall also have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to
prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to determine
the terms and provisions of the options (which need not be identical) and to
make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of
the Plan. The Committee shall have authority to determine the terms and
provisions of option agreements evidencing the options granted pursuant to the
Plan, which may vary from the provisions set forth in any form of option
agreement adopted from time to time by the Committee or the Board of Directors.
The Committee's determinations on the matters referred to in this Section 3
shall be conclusive. The Committee may, in its discretion, delegate to the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company (the "CEO") the
<PAGE> 2
authority to determine the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which
and terms upon which, options shall be granted and the number of shares to be
subject to each option; provided, however, that the Committee may not delegate
such authority to the CEO with respect to employees of the Company who are
subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.
Section 4. THE COMMITTEE
The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the
"Committee") which shall at all times be constituted to comply with Rule 16b-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor Rule. Subject to the
foregoing, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company
("Board") shall be the Committee hereunder.
Section 5. ELIGIBILITY
Options (including Incentive Stock Options) may be granted
only to employees of the Company or its subsidiaries (as defined below). For the
purposes of this Plan, the term "employees" does not include directors who are
not also employees of the Company or a subsidiary. The term "subsidiary" shall
mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of
corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the granting of the
option, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken
chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of
all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain, or such
other meaning as may be hereafter ascribed in it in Section 424 of the Code.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, options which are not Incentive
Stock Options may also be granted to employees of joint ventures of the Company
so long as such employees are not subject to Section 16(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 by virtue of their position with, or share holdings of, the
Company. The term "joint venture" means a partnership or other business entity
(other than a subsidiary) 50% or more of the profits interest of which is owned
by the Company or a subsidiary.
Section 6. OPTION PRICES
The purchase price of the Common Stock under each Incentive
Stock Option or other option shall not be less than 100% of the fair market
value of the stock at the time of granting of the option. Such fair market value
shall generally be considered to be the mean between the high and low prices of
the Company's Common Stock as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market for the day
the option is granted; provided, however, that the Committee may adopt any other
criterion for the determination of such fair market value as it may determine to
be appropriate.
Section 7. PAYMENT OF OPTION PRICES
The purchase price is to be paid in full upon the exercise of
the option, either (i) in cash, (ii) in the discretion of the Committee, by the
tender to the Company of shares of the Common Stock of the Company, owned by the
optionee and registered in the optionee's name,
2
<PAGE> 3
having a fair market value equal to the cash exercise price of the option being
exercised, with the fair market value of such stock to be determined in such
appropriate manner as may be provided for by the Committee or as may be required
in order to comply with, or to conform to the requirements of, any applicable
laws or regulations, or (iii) in the discretion of the Committee, by any
combination of the payment methods specified in clauses (i) and (ii) hereof.
Provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock may be tendered in exercise of
an option if such shares were acquired by the optionee through the exercise of
an Incentive Stock Option unless (i) such shares have been held by the optionee
for at least one year and (ii) at least two years have elapsed since such
Incentive Stock Option was granted. The cash proceeds of sale of stock subject
to option are to be added to the general funds of the Company and used for its
general corporate purposes. The shares of Common Stock of the Company received
by the Company as payment of the option price are to be added to the shares of
the Common Stock of the Company held in its Treasury and used for the purposes
of granting options under the Plan or as the Board shall otherwise determine.
Section 8. OPTION AMOUNTS
The maximum aggregate fair market value (determined at the
time an option is granted in the same manner as provided for in Section 6
hereof) of the Common Stock of the Company with respect to which Incentive Stock
Options are exercisable for the first time by any optionee during any calendar
year (under all plans of the Company and its subsidiaries) shall not exceed
$100,000. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which
options under the Plan may be granted to any single person during any three year
period shall be 50% of all shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan.
Section 9. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
The term of each option shall be not more than ten (10) years
from the date of granting thereof or such shorter period as is prescribed in
Section 10 hereof. Within such limit, options will be exercisable at such time
or times, and subject to such restrictions and conditions, as the Committee
shall, in each instance, approve, which need not be uniform for all optionees;
provided, however, that except as provided in Sections 10 and 11 hereof, no
option may be exercised at any time unless the optionee is then an employee of
the Company or a subsidiary or joint venture and has been so employed
continuously since the granting of the option. The holder of an option shall
have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to
option until such shares shall be issued to such holder upon the exercise of the
option.
Section 10. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
The holder of any option issued hereunder must exercise the
option prior to the holder's termination of employment with the Company, a
subsidiary or a joint venture, except that the Committee in its absolute
discretion (exercised at the time of grant or thereafter) may permit the
optionee to exercise the option, to the extent that the holder was entitled to
exercise it at the date of such termination of employment, at any time within
three (3) months after such termination, but not after ten (10) years from the
date the option was granted. If the holder of an option terminates employment on
account of disability, the holder may exercise such option to the
3
<PAGE> 4
extent the holder was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination at
any time within one (1) year of the termination of employment but not after ten
(10) years from the date the option was granted. For this purpose a person shall
be deemed to be disabled if he or she is permanently and totally disabled within
the meaning of Section 422(c)(6) of the Code, which, as of the date hereof,
means that he or she is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by
reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment which can be
expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a
period of not less than 12 months. A person shall be considered disabled only if
he or she furnishes such proof of disability as the Committee may require.
Options granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment
so long as the holder continues to be an employee of the Company or a subsidiary
or joint venture thereof. The option agreements may contain such provisions as
the Committee shall approve with reference to the effect of approved leaves of
absence. Nothing in the Plan or in any option granted pursuant to the Plan shall
confer on any individual any right to continue in the employ of the Company or
any subsidiary or joint venture or interfere in any way with the right of the
Company or any subsidiary or joint venture thereof to terminate his or her
employment at any time.
Section 11. DEATH
In the event of the death of an individual to whom an option
has been granted under the Plan, while he or she is employed by the Company (or
a subsidiary or joint venture) or within three (3) months after termination of
employment (or one (1) year in the case of the termination of employment of an
option holder who is disabled as above provided) the option theretofore granted
may be exercised, to the extent exercisable at the date of death, by a legatee
or legatees under the option holder's last will, or by personal representatives
or distributees, at any time within a period of one (1) year after death, but
not after ten (10) years from the date of granting thereof, and only if and to
the extent that the option was exercisable at the date of death.
Section 12. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS
Each option granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, be
non-transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution
and an option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder thereof, only
by such holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee in its discretion
may allow options to be transferred to an optionee's "family member" as that
term is defined in the General Instructions to Form S-8 as adopted from time to
time by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor to such
commission.
Section 13. SUCCESSIVE OPTION GRANTS
Successive option grants may be made to any holder of options
under this Plan.
Section 14. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR CORPORATE
ACQUISITIONS
Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the option
agreements may contain such provisions as the Committee shall determine to be
appropriate for the adjustment of the number and class of shares subject to each
outstanding option, the option prices in the event
4
<PAGE> 5
of changes in the outstanding Common Stock by reason of stock dividends,
recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, split-offs, split-ups,
combinations or exchanges of shares and the like, and, in the event of any such
change in the outstanding Common Stock, the aggregate number and class of shares
available under the Plan and the maximum number of shares as to which options
may be granted to any individual shall be appropriately adjusted by the
Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive. In the event the Company or
a subsidiary enters into a transaction described in Section 424(a) of the Code
with any other corporation, the Committee may grant options to employees or
former employees of such corporation in substitution of options previously
granted to them upon such terms and conditions as shall be necessary to qualify
such grant as a substitution described in Section 424(a) of the Code.
Section 15. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
The Board or the Committee may at any time terminate the Plan,
or make such modifications of the Plan as they shall deem advisable, provided,
however, that the Board or Committee may not, without the approval by the
stockholders of the Company by act of the stockholders at a meeting held for the
purpose, make any modifications which, under applicable law, require such
approval. No termination or amendment to the Plan may, without the consent of
the optionee to whom any option shall theretofore have been granted, adversely
affect the rights of such optionee under such option.
Section 16. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN
The Plan became effective upon adoption by the Board on August
17, 1999 subject, however, to its further approval by the stockholders of the
Company on or before August 16, 2000.
Section 17. TIME OF GRANTING OF OPTIONS
An option grant under the Plan shall be deemed to be made on
the date on which the Committee, by formal action of its members duly recorded
in the records thereof, or the CEO, as the case may be, makes an award of an
option to an eligible employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries
provided that such option is evidenced by a written option agreement duly
executed on behalf of the Company and on behalf of the optionee within a
reasonable time after the date of the Committee or CEO action.
Section 18. TERM OF PLAN
This Plan shall terminate ten (10) years after the date on
which it was initially approved and adopted by the Board as set forth under
Section 16 and no option shall be granted hereunder after the expiration of such
ten-year period. Options outstanding at the termination of the Plan shall
continue in full force and effect and shall not be affected thereby.
5
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.5
EXECUTION COPY
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
among
MOBILE MINI, INC.
as Borrower,
EACH OF THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
INITIALLY A SIGNATORY HERETO,
TOGETHER WITH THOSE ASSIGNEES
PURSUANT TO SECTION 11.8 HEREOF,
as Lenders,
and
BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION,
as Agent.
DATED AS OF DECEMBER ___, 1999
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
<S> <C>
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS.................................................................................. 1
1.1 General Definitions................................................................. 1
1.2 Accounting Terms and Determinations................................................. 19
1.3 Other Terms; Headings............................................................... 19
1.4 Prior Credit Agreement.............................................................. 19
ARTICLE II. LOANS....................................................................................... 20
2.1 Term Loan Facility.................................................................. 20
(a) Amounts of Term Loans........................................................ 20
(b) Term Notes and Scheduled Term Loan Installments.............................. 20
2.2 Revolving Credit Commitments........................................................ 21
2.3 Borrowing of Revolving Loans........................................................ 21
(a) Lender Advances of Revolving Loans........................................... 21
(b) Agent Advances of Revolving Loans............................................ 21
(c) Disbursement of Revolving Loans.............................................. 22
(d) Notices of Borrowing......................................................... 22
2.4 Same Day Settlement of Lender Advances.............................................. 22
2.5 Periodic Settlement of Agent Advances and Repayments................................ 23
(a) The Settlement Date.......................................................... 23
(b) Summary Statements; Settlements of Principal................................. 23
(c) Distribution of Interest and Unused Line Fees................................ 23
2.6 Sharing of Payments................................................................. 24
2.7 Defaulting Lenders.................................................................. 24
ARTICLE III. LETTERS OF CREDIT.......................................................................... 25
3.1 Issuance of Letters of Credit....................................................... 25
3.2 Terms of Letters of Credit.......................................................... 25
3.3 Request for Issuance................................................................ 25
3.4 Lenders' Participation.............................................................. 25
3.5 Payment of Amounts Drawn Under Letters of Credit.................................... 26
3.6 Payment by Lenders.................................................................. 26
3.7 Nature of Issuing Bank's Duties..................................................... 26
3.8 Obligations Absolute................................................................ 26
3.9 Agent's Execution of Applications and Other Issuing Bank Documentation;
Reliance on Credit Agreement by Issuing Bank........................................ 27
3.10 Additional Payments................................................................. 27
3.11 Replacement of Lender............................................................... 27
ARTICLE IV. COMPENSATION, REPAYMENT AND REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS........................................ 28
4.1 Interest on Prime Rate Loans........................................................ 28
</TABLE>
i
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
<S> <C>
4.2 Interest on Eurodollar Rate Loans................................................... 28
4.3 Unused Line Fee..................................................................... 29
4.4 Letter of Credit Fees............................................................... 30
4.5 Interest After Event of Default..................................................... 30
4.6 Expenses; Fees...................................................................... 30
4.7 Mandatory Payment; Reduction of Commitments; Voluntary Prepayments.................. 31
(a) Mandatory Payment............................................................ 31
(b) [Intentionally deleted]...................................................... 31
(c) Reduction of Commitments..................................................... 31
(d) Voluntary Prepayments........................................................ 31
4.8 Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Account.................................. 31
4.9 Payment Procedures.................................................................. 31
4.10 Collection of Accounts.............................................................. 32
4.11 Application of Payments............................................................. 32
4.12 Calculations........................................................................ 33
4.13 Special Provisions Relating to Eurodollar Rate Loans................................ 33
(a) Continuation................................................................. 33
(b) Conversion................................................................... 33
(c) Certain Limitations on Eurodollar Rate Loans................................. 34
(d) Compensation................................................................. 35
4.14 Indemnification in Certain Events................................................... 36
4.15 Net Payments........................................................................ 36
4.16 Agreed Interest Rate................................................................ 38
ARTICLE V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT......................................................................... 38
5.1 Conditions to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit................................... 38
(a) Closing Document List........................................................ 38
(b) Material Adverse Change...................................................... 38
(c) Fees and Expenses............................................................ 38
(d) Borrowing Base............................................................... 39
(e) Existing Indebtedness........................................................ 39
(f) Capitalization and Corporate Structure....................................... 39
(g) Opinion of Counsel........................................................... 39
(h) Insurance.................................................................... 39
(i) Cash Management System....................................................... 39
(j) Additional Documents......................................................... 39
5.2 Conditions Precedent to All Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit................... 40
ARTICLE VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.............................................................. 40
6.1 Organization and Qualification...................................................... 40
6.2 Authority........................................................................... 41
6.3 Enforceability...................................................................... 41
6.4 No Conflict......................................................................... 41
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
<S> <C>
6.5 Consents and Filings................................................................ 41
6.6 Government Regulation............................................................... 41
6.7 Solvency............................................................................ 41
6.8 Rights in Collateral; Priority of Liens............................................. 42
6.9 Financial Data...................................................................... 42
6.10 Locations of Offices, Records and Inventory......................................... 42
6.11 Subsidiaries; Ownership of Stock.................................................... 42
6.12 No Judgments or Litigation.......................................................... 43
6.13 No Defaults......................................................................... 43
6.14 Labor Matters....................................................................... 43
6.15 Compliance with Law................................................................. 43
6.16 ERISA............................................................................... 43
6.17 Compliance with Environmental Laws.................................................. 44
6.18 Intellectual Property............................................................... 44
6.19 Licenses and Permits................................................................ 44
6.20 Taxes and Tax Returns............................................................... 44
6.21 Material Contracts.................................................................. 45
6.22 Accuracy and Completeness of Information; Updating of Schedule B.................... 45
6.23 Title to Property................................................................... 45
6.24 Affiliate Transactions.............................................................. 45
6.25 Recording Taxes..................................................................... 46
6.26 No Change........................................................................... 46
ARTICLE VII. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS...................................................................... 46
7.1 Financial Reporting................................................................. 46
(a) Annual Financial Statements.................................................. 46
(b) Projections and Budgets...................................................... 46
(c) Quarterly Financial Statements............................................... 47
(d) Monthly Financial Statements................................................. 47
(e) Monthly Comparison to Prior Projections...................................... 47
7.2 Collateral Reporting................................................................ 47
(a) Monthly Borrowing Base Certificates.......................................... 47
(b) Appraisals................................................................... 48
(c) Further Assurances........................................................... 48
7.3 Notification Requirements........................................................... 48
(a) Notice of Default............................................................ 48
(b) Proceedings or Adverse Changes............................................... 48
(c) ERISA Notices................................................................ 49
(d) Environmental and Health and Safety Notices.................................. 49
(e) Material Contracts........................................................... 49
(f) Collateral Matters........................................................... 49
(g) SEC Filings and Shareholder Communications................................... 50
7.4 Corporate Existence................................................................. 50
7.5 Books and Records; Inspection....................................................... 50
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE> 5
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
<S> <C>
7.6 Insurance........................................................................... 50
7.7 Taxes............................................................................... 51
7.8 Compliance with Laws................................................................ 51
7.9 Use of Proceeds..................................................................... 51
7.10 Fiscal Year......................................................................... 51
7.11 Maintenance of Property............................................................. 51
7.12 ERISA Documents..................................................................... 52
7.13 Further Assurances.................................................................. 52
ARTICLE VIII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS........................................................................ 52
8.1 Consolidated Tangible Net Worth..................................................... 52
8.2 EBITDA.............................................................................. 52
8.3 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio......................................................... 52
8.4 Interest Coverage Ratio............................................................. 53
8.5 Current Ratio....................................................................... 53
8.6 Debt Ratio.......................................................................... 53
8.7 Minimum Utilization Rates........................................................... 54
8.8 Capital Expenditures................................................................ 54
8.9 Additional Indebtedness............................................................. 55
8.10 Liens............................................................................... 55
8.11 Contingent Obligations.............................................................. 57
8.12 Sale of Assets...................................................................... 57
8.13 Restricted Payments................................................................. 57
8.14 Investments......................................................................... 58
8.15 Affiliate Transactions.............................................................. 58
8.16 Additional Bank Accounts............................................................ 58
8.17 Excess Cash......................................................................... 58
8.18 Additional Negative Pledges......................................................... 59
8.19 No Subsidiaries..................................................................... 59
8.20 Operating Leases, Off-Balance Sheet Financing....................................... 59
8.21 Permitted Acquisitions.............................................................. 59
ARTICLE IX. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.............................................................. 61
9.1 Events of Default................................................................... 61
(a) Failure to Pay............................................................... 61
(b) Breach of Certain Covenants.................................................. 61
(c) Breach of Representation or Warranty......................................... 61
(d) Other Breaches............................................................... 61
(e) Dissolution.................................................................. 62
(f) Insolvency Event............................................................. 62
(g) Change of Control............................................................ 62
(h) Cross Default................................................................ 62
(i) Failure of Enforceability of Credit Documents; Security...................... 62
9.2 Acceleration and Cash Collateralization............................................. 62
(a) Acceleration................................................................. 62
</TABLE>
iv
<PAGE> 6
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
<S> <C>
(b) Termination Of Commitments......................................................63
(c) Cash Collateralization..........................................................63
9.3 Rescission of Acceleration.............................................................63
9.4 Remedies...............................................................................63
9.5 Right of Setoff........................................................................64
9.6 License for Use of Software and Other Intellectual Property............................64
9.7 No Marshaling; Deficiencies; Remedies Cumulative.......................................64
ARTICLE X. THE AGENT.......................................................................................65
10.1 Appointment of Agent...................................................................65
10.2 Nature of Duties of Agent..............................................................65
10.3 Lack of Reliance on Agent..............................................................65
10.4 Certain Rights of the Agent............................................................65
10.5 Reliance by Agent......................................................................65
10.6 Indemnification of Agent...............................................................66
10.7 The Agent in Its Initial Capacity......................................................66
10.8 Successor Agent........................................................................66
10.9 Collateral Matters.....................................................................67
10.10 Actions with Respect to Defaults.......................................................67
ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS..................................................................................67
11.1 GOVERNING LAW..........................................................................67
11.2 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.............................................................68
11.3 SERVICE OF PROCESS.....................................................................68
11.4 JURY TRIAL.............................................................................68
11.5 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY................................................................68
11.6 Delays.................................................................................69
11.7 Notices................................................................................69
11.8 Assignments and Participations.........................................................69
(a) Borrower Assignment.............................................................69
(b) Lender Assignments..............................................................69
(c) Agent's Register................................................................70
(d) Lender Participations...........................................................70
11.9 Confidentiality........................................................................70
11.10 Indemnification; Reimbursement of Expenses of Collection...............................71
11.11 Amendments and Waivers.................................................................71
11.12 Counterparts and Effectiveness.........................................................72
11.13 Severability...........................................................................72
11.14 Maximum Rate...........................................................................72
11.15 Term of Agreement......................................................................73
11.16 Entire Agreement; Successors and Assigns...............................................73
11.17 Survival...............................................................................73
</TABLE>
v
<PAGE> 7
ANNEXES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
Annex I - List of Lenders and Commitment Amounts
Annex II - Account Debtors
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A-1 - Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit A-2 - Form of Term Note
Exhibit B-1 - Form of Borrower Security Agreement
Exhibit B-2 - Form of Subsidiaries Security Agreement
Exhibit C-1 - Form of Lockbox Agreement
Exhibit C-2 - Form of Blocked Account Agreement
Exhibit D - Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E - Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit F - Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit G - Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit H - Form of Collateral Access Agreement
Exhibit I - Form of Notice of Continuation
Exhibit J - Form of Notice of Conversion
Exhibit K - Form of Letter of Credit Request
Exhibit L - Form of Mortgage
Exhibit M - [intentionally deleted]
Exhibit N - Form of Guaranty
Exhibit O - Form of Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit P - Form of Pledge Agreement
Exhibit Q - Form of Confirmation and Grant of Security Interests in
Patents and Patent Applications
Exhibit R - Form of Confirmation and Grant of Security Interests in
Trademarks and Trademark Applications
SCHEDULES
Schedule A - Closing Document List
Schedule B - Disclosure Schedule
</TABLE>
vi
<PAGE> 8
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT ("Credit
Agreement") is entered into as of December ___, 1999, among MOBILE MINI, INC., a
Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), each financial institution identified on
Annex I (together with its successors and assigns, a "Lender"), and BT
COMMERCIAL CORPORATION acting as agent for the Lenders (the "Agent").
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
1.1 General Definitions.
Account means "Accounts" as defined in the Borrower Security Agreement.
Adjusted Eurodollar Rate means, with respect to each Interest Period
for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate obtained by dividing (i) the Eurodollar
Rate for such Interest Period by (ii) a percentage equal to 1 minus the stated
maximum rate (stated as a decimal) of all reserves, if any, required to be
maintained against "Eurocurrency liabilities" as specified in Regulation D (or
against any other category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference
to which the interest rate on Eurodollar Rate Loans is determined or any
category of extensions of credit or other assets which includes loans by a
non-United States office of any Lender to United States residents).
Affiliate of a Person means another Person who directly or indirectly
controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or is a director or
officer of such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to vote ten percent (10%) or
more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of
directors or the direct or indirect power to direct the management and policies
of a business.
Agent Advances is defined in Section 2.3.
Applicable Lending Office means, with respect to each Lender, such
Lender's Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, and
such Lender's Domestic Lending Office in the case of a Prime Rate Loan.
Acquisition means (i) the acquisition by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity
interests of a Person, (ii) the acquisition by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person or a line of
business of a Person or (iii) the merger or consolidation of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries with a Person other than a Person that was a Subsidiary of
the Borrower or such Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger.
Assignment and Assumption Agreement is defined in Section 11.8.
1
<PAGE> 9
Auditors means a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants selected by the Borrower and satisfactory to the Agent in its sole
discretion. For purposes of this Credit Agreement, the firm of Arthur Anderson
LLP or any other of the accounting firms commonly referred to as one of the "big
five" as of the Closing Date shall be deemed to be satisfactory to the Agent.
Bankruptcy Code means Title 11 of the U.S. Code (11 U.S.C.
Sections 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor
statute.
Benefit Plan means a "defined benefit plan" (as defined in Section
3(35) of ERISA) for which the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate
has been an "employer" (as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA) within the past
three years.
Blocked Accounts, Blocked Account Agreements, and Block Account Bank
are defined in Section 4.10.
Borrower Security Agreement means the Security Agreement executed by
the Borrower in favor of the Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(a), substantially in
the form of Exhibit B-1.
Borrowing means a borrowing of Revolving Loans or Term Loans of the
same Type on the same day.
Borrowing Base means the sum of:
(A) eighty-five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts Receivable, plus
(B) ninety percent (90%) of Eligible Container Fleet Inventory, plus
(C) seventy percent (70%) of Eligible Trailer Fleet Inventory, plus
(D) the lesser of (i) $6,000,000 and (ii) the sum of (1) ninety
percent (90%) of Eligible Container Inventory Held For Sale, (2) ninety
percent (90%) of Eligible Work-In-Process Container Inventory (up to a
maximum of $500,000), (3) seventy-five percent (75%) of Eligible Primary
Raw Materials Inventory, and (4) sixty percent (60%) of Eligible Other Raw
Material Component Inventory, minus
(E) the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, established by the Agent
under Section 2.2(b).
Borrowing Base Certificate means a certificate of the Borrower
concerning the Borrowing Base to be provided under Section 7.2 and substantially
in the form of Exhibit E.
Business Day means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on
which commercial banks in Los Angeles are required or permitted by law to be
closed. When used in connection with Eurodollar Rate Loans, this definition will
also exclude any day on which
2
<PAGE> 10
commercial banks are not open for dealing in U.S. dollar deposits in the London
(England, U.K.) interbank market.
Capital Expenditures for a period means, the sum of all expenditures
capitalized for financial statement purposes in accordance with GAAP (whether
payable in cash or other property or accrued as a liability), including the
capitalized portion of capital leases and that portion of Investments allocable
to property, plant or equipment. Capital Expenditures shall exclude new and used
manufactured or remanufactured portable container inventory held for sale and
proceeds of a Casualty Loss applied to the repair or replacement of the property
affected by the Casualty Loss.
Cash Equivalent means either of the following, so long as the same are
maintained in accounts in which the Agent has a perfected security interest: (i)
securities issued, guarantied or insured by the United States or any of its
agencies and having maturities of not more than one year; and (ii) certificates
of deposit having maturities of not more than one year issued by the Agent, any
Lender or by a U.S. federal or state chartered commercial bank of recognized
standing whose capital and unimpaired surplus is in excess of $100,000,000 and
whose short-term commercial paper rating, or that of its parent holding company,
is at least A-2 or the equivalent by Standard & Poor's Corporation and at least
P-2 or the equivalent by Moody's Investors Services, Inc.
Casualty Loss means (i) the loss, damage, or destruction of any asset
owned or used by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) the condemnation,
confiscation, or other taking, in whole or in part, of any such asset, or (iii)
the diminishment of such asset so as to render use for its intended purpose
impracticable or unreasonable.
Certificate of Title means a certificate of title, certificate of
ownership or other registration certificate issued or required to be issued for
any asset under the certificate of title or similar laws of any jurisdiction.
Change of Control means either: (a) other than members of management as
of the Closing Date, any "person" (as such term is used in subsections 13(d) and
14(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) on or after the
Closing Date is or becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
such Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Borrower representing
10% or more of the combined voting power of the Borrower's then-outstanding
securities; or (b) the existing directors for any reason cease to constitute 75%
of the Borrower's Board of Directors. For purposes of this definition, "existing
directors" means (i) individuals constituting the Borrower's Board of Directors
on the Closing Date, and (ii) any subsequent director whose election by the
Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Borrower's shareholders was
approved by a vote of at least 75% of the directors then in office which
directors either were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or
nomination for election was previously so approved.
Closing Date means the date of execution and delivery of this Credit
Agreement and the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Article
5.
3
<PAGE> 11
Closing Document List is defined in Section 5.1.
Code is defined in Section 1.3.
Collateral means the Accounts, Inventory, Equipment, Intangibles,
Specified Real Property, investment property (as defined in the Code) and other
property identified as security for the Obligations under the Collateral
Documents but shall exclude any funds, assets or proceeds contained in the
Reserve Account (as defined in the documents evidencing any Subordinated Debt
existing as of the Closing Date) as long as the aggregate amount of such funds,
assets or proceeds does not exceed $375,000.
Collateral Access Agreement means any landlord waivers, mortgagee
waivers, bailee letters or any similar acknowledgment agreements of any
warehouseman or processor in possession of Inventory, substantially in the form
of Exhibit H.
Collateral Documents means the Borrower Security Agreement, the Pledge
Agreement, the Subsidiaries Security Agreements, the Patent Security Agreements,
the Trademark Security Agreements, the Guaranties, the Mortgages and all other
contracts, instruments and other documents pursuant to which Liens are now or
hereafter granted to the Agent to secure the Obligations.
Collections means all cash, funds, checks, notes, instruments and any
other form of remittance tendered by account debtors in payment of Accounts.
Commitment of a Lender means its Term Commitment and Revolving Credit
Commitment, in each case then in effect.
Concentration Account is defined in Section 4.10.
Consolidated Fixed Charges means the sum of (i) Interest Expense and
(ii) the principal amounts (including the principal portion of rentals payable
under capital leases) of all Indebtedness (but excluding repayments of Revolving
Loans which do not permanently reduce the Commitments, and excluding payments of
Indebtedness made from the proceeds of asset sales which Indebtedness is payable
by the Borrower due to the sale of assets previously under lease) of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries payable for the applicable period.
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth means the (a) consolidated assets of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, minus (b) their consolidated liabilities,
minus (c)(1) patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, franchises, licenses,
customer and subscription lists, goodwill and other similar intangibles
(excluding net reorganization value), (2) leasehold improvements, (3)
organization expenses, (4) obligations due to the Borrower from Affiliates
(including any officer, director or shareholder thereof) and (5) security
deposits and prepaid costs and expenses and other deferred assets, plus (d) the
principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this Credit Agreement and
subordinated to the Obligations on terms satisfactory to the Lenders; provided,
however, that the Subordinated Debt and any proceeds thereof shall be excluded
from the calculation of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth herein.
4
<PAGE> 12
Contingent Obligation means any direct, indirect, contingent or
non-contingent guaranty or obligation for the Indebtedness of another, except
endorsements in the ordinary course of business.
Covered Taxes is defined in Section 4.15.
Credit Documents means, collectively, this Credit Agreement, the Term
Notes, the Revolving Notes, the Letters of Credit, each of the Collateral
Documents, and all other documents, agreements, instruments, opinions and
certificates now or hereafter executed and delivered in connection herewith or
therewith, as modified, amended, extended, restated or supplemented from time to
time.
Credit Parties means, collectively, the Borrower and each Subsidiary
which is or becomes a party to any Credit Document.
Current Assets means the consolidated current assets of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding cash.
Current Liabilities means the consolidated current liabilities of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding the
principal balance of the Revolving Loans and the current portion of long term
debt.
Default means an event, condition or default which with the giving of
notice, the passage of time or both would be an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender is defined in Section 2.7.
Disbursement Account means the operating account of the Borrower
maintained with the Disbursement Account Bank.
Disbursement Account Bank means Deutsche Bank.
Domestic Lending Office means, with respect to any Lender, the office
of such Lender specified as its "Domestic Lending Office" opposite its name on
Annex I hereto, as such annex may be amended from time to time.
EBITDA for a period means the consolidated net income of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary gains, non-cash extraordinary
losses and extraordinary losses arising from prepayments of Indebtedness
incurred on or about the Closing Date in connection with the initial funding of
the Loans) for the period (a) plus all Interest Expense, income tax expense,
depreciation and amortization (including amortization of any goodwill or other
intangibles) for the period, (b) less gains or plus losses attributable to any
fixed asset sales (excluding sales of containers held for lease) in the period
and (c) plus or minus any other non-cash charges which have been subtracted or
added in calculating consolidated net income. EBITDA for any such period shall
be calculated by giving pro forma effect to any acquisition during such period
which is permitted by the terms of this Credit Agreement, as if such acquisition
5
<PAGE> 13
had been consummated on the first day of such period, as long as the Borrower
shall have delivered to the Agent audited financial statements for such period.
Eligible Accounts Receivable means Accounts of the Borrower deemed by
the Agent in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion to be eligible for
inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base. In determining the amount to
be so included, the face amount of such Accounts shall be reduced by the amount
of all returns, discounts, claims, credits, charges, or other allowances and by
the aggregate amount of all reserves, limits and deductions provided for in this
definition and elsewhere in this Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise approved in
writing by the Agent, an Account shall not be an Eligible Account Receivable if:
(a) it arises out of a sale made by the Borrower to an Affiliate of the
Borrower; or
(b) its payment terms are longer than 30 days from date of invoice
(unless Borrower has identified such Account and its payment terms to Agent in
writing during the immediately preceding 30 days and (i) it is an Account that
has payment terms no longer than 45 days from the date of invoice or (ii) it is
an Account that has payment terms no longer then 90 days from the date of
invoice and no more than $200,000 of such Accounts shall be outstanding at any
time); or
(c) it is unpaid more than 120 days from date of invoice; or
(d) it is from the same account debtor or its Affiliate and 50% or more
of all Accounts from that account debtor (and its Affiliates) are ineligible
under (c) above; or
(e) when aggregated with all other Accounts of an account debtor (i)
that is not identified on Annex II attached hereto, the Account exceeds five
percent (5%) in face value of all Accounts of the Borrower then outstanding, or
(ii) that is identified on Annex II attached hereto, the Account exceeds seven
percent (7%) in face value of all Accounts of the Borrower then outstanding, in
each case to the extent of such excess, unless supported by an irrevocable
letter of credit satisfactory to the Agent (as to form, substance and issuer)
and assigned to and directly drawable by the Agent; or
(f) the account debtor for the Account is a creditor of the Borrower,
has or has asserted a right of setoff, has disputed its liability or made any
claim with respect to the Account or any other Account which has not been
resolved, to the extent of the amount owed by the Borrower to the account
debtor, the amount of such actual or asserted right of setoff, or the amount of
such dispute or claim, as the case may be; or
(g) the account debtor is (or its assets are) the subject of an
Insolvency Event; or
(h) the Account is not payable in Dollars or the account debtor for the
Account is located outside the United States or Canada, unless the Account is
supported by an irrevocable letter of credit satisfactory to the Agent (as to
form, substance and issuer) and assigned to and directly drawable by the Agent;
or
6
<PAGE> 14
(i) the sale to the account debtor is on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed
sale, sale-and-return, sale on approval or consignment basis or made pursuant to
any other written agreement providing for repurchase or return; or
(j) the Agent determines in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion by
its own credit analysis that collection of the Account is uncertain or the
Account may not be paid; or
(k) the account debtor is the United States of America or any
department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless the Borrower duly assigns
its rights to payment of such Account to the Agent pursuant to the Assignment of
Claims Act of 1940, as amended (31 U.S.C. Sections 3727 et seq.); or
(l) the goods giving rise to such Account have not been shipped and
delivered to and accepted by the account debtor, the services giving rise to
such Account have not been performed and accepted, or the Account otherwise does
not represent a final sale; or
(m) the Account does not comply with all Requirements of Law, including
without limitation the Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act, the Federal Truth
in Lending Act and Regulation Z of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System; or
(n) the Account is subject to any adverse security deposit, progress
payment or other similar advance made by or for the benefit of the applicable
account debtor; or
(o) it is not subject to a valid and perfected first priority Lien in
favor of the Agent or does not otherwise conform to the representations and
warranties contained in the Credit Documents.
Eligible Container Fleet Inventory means Eligible Goods Inventory
consisting of new and used manufactured or remanufactured portable and ISO
containers, valued at the lower of the Borrower's cost (on a basis consistent
with the Borrower's current and historical accounting practice) or orderly
liquidation value, held by the Borrower for intended lease or rental by the
Borrower to third party end users.
Eligible Container Inventory Held For Sale means Eligible Goods
Inventory consisting of new and used manufactured or remanufactured portable and
ISO containers, valued at the lower of the Borrower's cost (on a basis
consistent with the Borrower's current and historical accounting practice) or
orderly liquidation value, held by the Borrower for intended sale to third
parties, containers used by the Borrower, and containers temporarily out of
service.
Eligible Goods Inventory means Inventory of the Borrower deemed by the
Agent in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion to be eligible for inclusion
in the calculation of the Borrowing Base. In determining the amount to be so
included, Inventory shall be valued at the lower of cost or market on a basis
consistent with the Borrower's current and historical accounting practice unless
otherwise provided herein. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Agent, no
Inventory shall be deemed Eligible Goods Inventory if:
7
<PAGE> 15
(a) it is not owned solely by the Borrower or the Borrower does not
have good, valid and marketable title thereto; or
(b) it is not located in the United States; or
(c) it is not subject to valid, current rental or lease agreements
between the Borrower and the renters or lessees thereof or is not located on
property owned or leased by the Borrower or is not located in a contract
warehouse, subject to a Collateral Access Agreement executed by the mortgagee,
the lessor or the contract warehouseman, as the case may be, and segregated or
otherwise separately identifiable from goods of others, if any, stored on the
premises; provided, however, that as to the Borrower's facilities located at
7020 Old Katy Road, Houston, Texas, and 3848 South 36th Street, Phoenix,
Arizona, the Borrower shall be required only to use its best efforts to obtain
Collateral Access Agreements executed by the lessors of such premises, and if
the Borrower is not successful in obtaining such agreements, Inventory located
thereat may remain eligible, but the Agent shall create a reserve against
borrowing availability equal to two (2) months' rent payable by the Borrower at
any such facility; and provided, further, that the only such Collateral Access
Agreement required of a mortgagee, based upon the Borrower's operations and the
mortgagees disclosed to the Agent as of the Closing Date, shall be the mortgagee
with respect to the Borrower's Rialto, California premises; or
(d) it is not subject to a valid and perfected first priority Lien in
favor of the Agent except, with respect to Inventory stored at sites described
in clause (c) above, for Liens for unpaid rent or normal and customary
warehousing charges; or
(e) it consists of goods returned or rejected by the Borrower's
customers or goods in transit to third parties (other than to warehouse sites
covered by a Collateral Access Agreement); or
(f) it is not first-quality finished goods or work in process, is
obsolete or slow moving, or does not otherwise conform to the representations
and warranties contained in the Credit Documents; or
(g) it is subject to a lease which should be classified as a capital
lease under GAAP or contains a contains a purchase option for an amount less
than the amount equal to the net book value; or
(h) it is Eligible Raw Materials Inventory.
Eligible Inventory means Eligible Goods Inventory and Eligible Raw
Materials Inventory.
Eligible Other Raw Materials Component Inventory means Eligible Raw
Materials Inventory purchased from third parties consisting of plumbing,
drywall, electrical components, insulation materials, HVAC materials, doors and
windows, fasteners, and located on the Closing Date or thereafter at the
Borrower's Maricopa facility or such other facility of the Borrower as to which
the Borrower implements after the Closing Date a perpetual inventory accounting
system comparable to that of the Maricopa facility.
8
<PAGE> 16
Eligible Primary Raw Materials Inventory means Eligible Raw Materials
Inventory consisting of unrefurbished ISO units, steel, lumber, plywood and
paint, and located on the Closing Date or thereafter at the Borrower's Maricopa
facility or such other facility of the Borrower as to which the Borrower
implements after the Closing Date a perpetual inventory accounting system
comparable to that of the Maricopa facility or, with respect only to the
unrefurbished ISO units, at such other facility of the Borrower which accounts
for such units in a manner which is acceptable to Agent, in its sole discretion.
Eligible Raw Materials Inventory means Inventory deemed by the Agent in
the exercise of its Permitted Discretion to be eligible for inclusion in the
calculation of the Borrowing Base. In determining the amount to be so included,
Inventory shall be valued at the lower of cost or market on a basis consistent
with the Borrower's current and historical accounting practice unless otherwise
provided herein. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Agent, no Inventory
shall be deemed Eligible Raw Materials Inventory if:
(a) it is not owned solely by the Borrower or the Borrower does not
have good, valid and marketable title thereto; or
(b) it is not located in the United States; or
(c) it is not located on property owned or leased by the Borrower or in
a contract warehouse, subject to a Collateral Access Agreement executed by the
lessor or the contract warehouseman, as the case may be, and segregated or
otherwise separately identifiable from goods of others, if any, stored on the
premises; provided, however, that as to the Borrower's facilities located at
7020 Old Katy Road, Houston, Texas, and 3440 South 36th Street, Phoenix,
Arizona, the Borrower shall be required only to use its best efforts to obtain
Collateral Access Agreements executed by the lessors of such premises, and if
the Borrower is not successful in obtaining such agreements, Inventory located
thereat may remain eligible, but the Agent shall create a reserve against
borrowing availability equal to two (2) months' rent payable by the Borrower at
any such facility; and provided, further, that the only such Collateral Access
Agreement required of a mortgagee, based upon the Borrower's operations and the
mortgagees disclosed to the Agent as of the Closing Date, shall be the mortgagee
with respect to the Borrower's Rialto, California; or
(d) it is not subject to a valid and perfected first priority Lien in
favor of the Agent except, with respect to Inventory stored at sites described
in clause (c) above, for Liens for unpaid rent or normal and customary
warehousing charges; or
(e) it is goods returned or rejected by the Borrower's customers or
goods in transit to third parties (other than to warehouse sites covered by a
Collateral Access Agreement); or
(f) it is not first-quality raw materials, is obsolete or slow moving,
or does not otherwise conform to the representations and warranties contained in
the Credit Documents; or
(g) it is Eligible Goods Inventory.
9
<PAGE> 17
Eligible Trailer Fleet Inventory means Eligible Goods Inventory
consisting of new and used manufactured or remanufactured Trailers, valued at
the lower of the Borrower's cost (on a basis consistent with the Borrower's
current and historical accounting practice) or orderly liquidation value, held
by the Borrower for intended lease or rental by the Borrower to third party end
users, and shall exclude any Inventory that is not manufactured in accordance
with and does not meet all standards imposed by all Requirements of Law or by
any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such goods or their
manufacture, use, sale, or lease.
Eligible Work-In-Process Container Inventory means Eligible Goods
Inventory consisting of : (a) new and used manufactured or remanufactured
portable containers, valued at the Borrower's cost on a basis consistent with
the Borrower's current and historical accounting practices, which is in the
work-in-process phase of manufacturing, including any ISO units as to which any
refurbishing or repair has been performed; (b) shaped steel component parts; or
(c) sub-assemblies and which are located on the Closing Date or thereafter at
the Borrower's Maricopa facility or at such other facility of the Borrower as to
which the Borrower implements after the Closing Date a perpetual inventory
accounting system comparable to that of the Maricopa facility.
Equipment means "Equipment" as defined in the Borrower Security
Agreement.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29
U.S.C. Sections 1000 et seq., amendments thereto, successor statutes, and
regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.
ERISA Affiliate means any entity required to be aggregated with the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of
the Internal Revenue Code.
Eurodollar Lending Office means, with respect to any Lender, the office
of such Lender specified as its "Eurodollar Lending Office," opposite its name
on Annex I, as such annex may be amended from time to time (or, if no such
office is specified, its Domestic Lending Office), or such other office or
Affiliate of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the
Borrower and the Agent.
Eurodollar Rate means, with respect to the Interest Period for each
Eurodollar Rate Loan comprising part of the same Borrowing, an interest rate per
annum equal to the rate (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of
one-sixteenth (1/16) of one percent (1.00%) per annum, if such rate is not such
a multiple) of the offered quotation, if any, to first class banks in the
Eurodollar market by Deutsche Bank as the rate per annum for U.S. dollar
deposits of amounts in immediately available funds comparable to the principal
amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan for which the Eurodollar Rate is being
determined with maturities comparable to the Interest Period for which such
Eurodollar Rate will apply as of approximately 10:00 A.M. New York City time two
(2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
Eurodollar Rate Loan means a Revolving Loan or Term Loan that bears
interest as provided in Section 4.2 hereof.
10
<PAGE> 18
Event of Default is defined in Article 9.
Expense means all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the
Agent in connection with the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated
therein, including, without limitation, (i) the costs of conducting record
searches, examining collateral, opening bank accounts and lockboxes, depositing
checks, and receiving and transferring funds (including charges for checks for
which there are insufficient funds), and other costs of administration and
enforcement of the rights of the Lenders under the Credit Documents, (ii) the
fees and expenses of legal counsel and paralegals (including the allocated cost
of internal counsel and paralegals), accountants, appraisers and other
consultants, experts or advisors retained by the Agent, (iii) fees and expenses
incurred in connection with the assignments of or sales of participations in the
Loans, (iv) the cost of title insurance premiums, real estate survey costs, fees
and taxes in connection with the filing of financing statements, and (v) the
costs of preparing and recording Collateral Documents, releases of Collateral,
and waivers, amendments, and terminations of any of the Credit Documents.
Expiration Date means the seventh anniversary of the Prior Closing
Date; provided, however, in the event that no Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing on such seventh anniversary date then the term of
this Agreement shall be extended for one (1) year and the Expiration Date shall
be the eighth anniversary date of the date of this Agreement upon the delivery
by the Borrower to the Agent of the 90 days' prior written notice required under
Section 11.15.
Fees means, collectively, the Unused Line Fee, the Letter of Credit
Fees, the Issuing Bank Fees and the other fees provided in any fee letter
between Agent or any Lender and Borrower.
Financial Statements means the consolidated and consolidating balance
sheets, statements of operations, statements of cash flows and statements of
changes in shareholder's equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the
period specified, prepared in accordance with GAAP and consistently with prior
practices.
Foreign Lender means any Lender organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction outside of the United States.
Funded Debt means any obligation payable more than one year from the
date of determination thereof, which under GAAP is shown on the balance sheet as
a liability, including obligations under capital leases, but excluding items
customarily reflected below current liabilities, such as deferred federal taxes
on income and other reserves.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States as in effect from time to time.
Governing Documents means certificates or articles of incorporation,
by-laws and other organizational or governing documents.
11
<PAGE> 19
Governmental Authority means any nation or government, any state or
other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government.
Guaranties means the Guaranties executed by the Borrower's Subsidiaries
in favor of the Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(a), substantially in the form of
Exhibit N.
Highest Lawful Rate means, at any given time during which any
Obligations shall be outstanding hereunder, the maximum non-usurious interest
rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for,
taken, reserved, charged or received on the Obligations, under the laws of the
State of California (or the law of any other jurisdiction whose laws may be
mandatorily applicable notwithstanding other provisions of this Credit Agreement
and the other Credit Documents), or under applicable federal laws which may
presently or hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum
non-usurious interest rate than under California (or such other jurisdiction's)
law, in any case after taking into account, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, any and all relevant payments or charges under this Credit
Agreement and any other Credit Documents executed in connection herewith, and
any available exemptions, exceptions and exclusions.
Intangibles means "Intangibles" as defined in the Borrower Security
Agreement and "Collateral" as defined in the Patent Security Agreement executed
by the Borrower.
Intercreditor Agreements means the Intercreditor Agreements executed by
the lessors of containers to the Borrower in favor of the Agent pursuant to
Section 5.1(a), substantially in the form of Exhibit O.
Indebtedness of a Person means (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or
for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade
liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in
accordance with customary practices), whether on open account or evidenced by a
note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (b) obligations under capital
leases, (c) reimbursement obligations for letters of credit, banker's
acceptances or other credit accommodations, (d) liabilities, as determined by
the Agent, under any Interest Rate Agreement, (e) Contingent Obligations and (f)
obligations secured by any Lien on that Person's property, even if that Person
has not assumed such obligations.
Insolvency Event means, with respect to any Person, the occurrence of
any of the following: (a) such Person shall be adjudicated insolvent or
bankrupt, or shall generally fail to pay or admit in writing its inability to
pay its debts as they become due, (b) such Person shall seek dissolution or
reorganization or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or
liquidator for it or a substantial portion of its property, assets or business
or to effect a plan or other arrangement with its creditors, (c) such Person
shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or consent to
or acquiesce in the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator
for a substantial portion of its property, assets or business, (d) such Person
shall file a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law,
or (e) such Person, or a substantial portion of its property, assets or business
shall become the subject of an involuntary proceeding or petition for its
dissolution, reorganization, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
12
<PAGE> 20
custodian or liquidator or shall become subject to any writ, judgment, warrant
of attachment, execution or similar process, and any such proceeding, petition,
writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall not be
released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after commencement, filing or
levy, as the case may be, or any order for relief shall be entered in any such
proceeding.
Interest Expense means the consolidated expense of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for interest on Indebtedness, including, without limitation,
amortization of original issue discount, incurrence fees (to the extent included
in interest expense), the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation
and the interest component of any capital lease obligation.
Interest Period means for any Eurodollar Rate Loan the period
commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the last day of the
period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below. The duration
of each such Interest Period shall be one, two, three or (unless a Lender shall
have notified the Agent that the Eurodollar Rate determined by the Agent for the
proposed Borrowing will not adequately reflect the cost to the Lender of making
or funding its Loan for the Borrowing) six months, in each case as the Borrower
may, in an appropriate Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Continuation or Notice of
Conversion, select; provided, however, that the Borrower may not select any
Interest Period that ends after the Expiration Date. Whenever the last day of
any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day,
the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next
succeeding Business Day, provided that if such extension would cause the last
day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the
last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day.
Interest Rate Agreement means any interest rate protection or hedge
agreement, including, without limitation, interest rate future, option, swap,
and cap agreements.
Internal Revenue Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
amendments thereto, successor statutes, and regulations or guidance promulgated
thereunder.
Inventory means "Inventory" as defined in the Borrower Security
Agreement.
Investment means all expenditures made and all liabilities incurred
(including Contingent Obligations) for or in connection with the acquisition of
stock or Indebtedness of a Person, loans, advances, capital contributions or
transfers of property to a Person, or acquisition of substantially all the
assets of a Person. In determining the aggregate amount of Investments
outstanding at any particular time, (i) a guaranty shall be valued at not less
than the principal amount guaranteed and outstanding; (ii) returns of capital
(but only by repurchase, redemption, retirement, repayment, liquidating dividend
or liquidating distribution) shall be deducted; (iii) earnings, whether as
dividends, interest or otherwise, shall not be deducted; and (iv) decreases in
the market value shall not be deducted.
Issuing Bank means Deutsche Bank, any Lender or any Affiliate of any
Lender, or any other financial institution that is acceptable to the Agent and
the Borrower which may at any time issue or be requested to issue a Letter of
Credit for the account of the Borrower (or for the
13
<PAGE> 21
joint account of the Borrower and the Agent or any Lender) under this Credit
Agreement. If there is more than one Issuing Bank, all references to "the
Issuing Bank" shall be deemed to refer to each Issuing Bank or to all Issuing
Banks, as the context requires.
Issuing Bank Fees is defined in Section 4.4.
Lender Advances is defined in Section 2.3.
Letter of Credit Fee is defined in Section 4.4.
Letter of Credit Obligations means the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn
amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of
all drawings under Letters of Credit for which the Borrower has not reimbursed
the Issuing Bank, plus (iii) the aggregate amount of all payments made by the
Lenders to the Issuing Bank for participations in Letters of Credit for which
the Borrower has not reimbursed the Lenders.
Letter of Credit Request is defined in Section 3.3.
Letters of Credit means the standby letters of credit issued for the
account of the Borrower under Article 3 and all amendments, renewals, extensions
or replacements thereof.
Lien means any lien, claim, charge, pledge, security interest,
assignment, hypothecation, deed of trust, mortgage, lease, conditional sale,
retention of title, or other preferential arrangement having substantially the
same economic effect as any of the foregoing, whether voluntary or imposed by
law.
Loan or Loans means one or more of the Revolving Loans or Term Loans or
any combination thereof.
Loan Account is defined in Section 4.8.
Lockboxes, Lockbox Agreements, and Lockbox Bank are defined in Section
4.10.
Majority Lenders means those Lenders owed or holding in the aggregate
more than fifty percent (50%) of the Total Commitments or, if the
Commitments are terminated, more than fifty percent (50%) of the Loans
and Letter of Credit obligations then outstanding.
Mandatory Redeemable Obligation means an obligation of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries (or guaranteed by any of them) which must be redeemed or
repaid (a) at a fixed or determinable date, whether by operation of sinking fund
or otherwise, (b) at the option of any Person other than the Borrower or such
Subsidiary, or (c) upon the occurrence of a condition not solely within the
control of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, such as a redemption required to be
made out of future earnings.
Material Adverse Effect means (i) a material adverse effect on the
business, prospects, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, (ii)
the impairment of any Credit Party's ability to perform
14
<PAGE> 22
its obligations under the Credit Documents to which it is a party or of the
Agent or the Lenders to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral,
or (iii) a material adverse effect on the value of a material portion of the
Collateral or the amount which the Agent or the Lenders would receive (after
giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in the
liquidation of such Collateral.
Material Contract means any contract or other arrangement to which the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Credit Documents)
for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew could have a
Material Adverse Effect.
Mortgages means the fee and leasehold deeds of trust executed pursuant
to Section 5.1(a), substantially in the form of Exhibit L.
Multiemployer Plan means a "multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA) to which the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
Affiliate has contributed within the past six years or with respect to which the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may incur any liability.
Notes means one or more of the Revolving Notes or Term Notes or any
combination thereof.
Notice of Borrowing is defined in Section 2.3.
Notice of Continuation is defined in Section 4.13(a) hereof.
Notice of Conversion is defined in Section 4.13(b) hereof.
Obligations means the unpaid principal and interest hereunder
(including interest accruing on or after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event),
reimbursement obligations under Letters of Credit, Fees, Expenses and all other
obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or to
the Lenders under this Credit Agreement, the Revolving Notes, the Term Notes or
any other Credit Document.
Patent Security Agreements means the Confirmation and Grant of Security
Interests in Patents and Patent Applications executed by the Borrower and the
Borrower's Subsidiaries in favor of the Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(a),
substantially in the form of Exhibit Q.
Permitted Acquisition means an Acquisition consummated by the Borrower
that is permitted under Section 8.21.
Permitted Discretion means the Agent's good faith judgment, exercised
in a commercially reasonable manner, as to any factor not known by the Agent or
not existing on the Closing Date or on the date of any subsequent Loan advance
which it reasonably believes in good faith: (i) will adversely affect the
enforceability or priority of the Agent's Liens on any material portion of the
Collateral or materially adversely affect the amount which the Agent and the
Lenders receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of
enforcement) in the
15
<PAGE> 23
liquidation of such Collateral; (ii) demonstrates that any collateral report or
financial information delivered to the Agent by any Person on behalf of the
Borrower is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; (iii)
materially increases the likelihood of a bankruptcy, reorganization or other
insolvency proceeding involving the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any
material portion of the Collateral, or (iv) creates a Default or Event of
Default. In exercising such good faith judgment, the Agent may consider material
changes in the factors already included in or tested by the definition of
Eligible Accounts Receivable or Eligible Inventory, as well as any of the
following: (a) material changes in collection history and dilution with respect
to the Accounts, (b) material changes in demand for, and pricing of, Inventory,
and (c) any other factors that materially change the credit risk of lending to
the Borrower on the security of the Accounts or the Inventory.
Person means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint
venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation,
institution, entity, party or government (including any division, agency or
department thereof), and its successors, heirs and assigns.
Plan means any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement maintained
or contributed to by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to
which any of them may incur liability.
Pledge Agreement means the Pledge Agreement executed by the Borrower in
favor of the Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(a), substantially in the form of
Exhibit P.
Prime Lending Rate means the rate which Deutsche Bank announces as its
prime lending rate from time to time. The Prime Lending Rate is a reference rate
and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to
any customer. Deutsche Bank and each of the Lenders may make commercial loans or
other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Lending Rate.
Prime Rate Loan means a Revolving Loan or Term Loan that bears interest
as provided in Section 4.1 hereof.
Prior Closing Date means March 28, 1996.
Prior Credit Agreement means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
the Prior Closing Date by and among the Borrower, BT Commercial Corporation, as
agent, and the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, as the
same shall have been amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof.
Proportionate Share of a Lender means a fraction, expressed as a
decimal, obtained by dividing its Commitment by the total Commitments of all the
Lenders or, if the Commitments are terminated, by dividing its then outstanding
Loans and/or Letter of Credit participations by the aggregate Loans and/or
Letter of Credit Obligations then outstanding.
Purchase Money Liens and Leases is defined in Section 8.9.
16
<PAGE> 24
Real Property means all real property owned or leased by the Borrower,
together with all fixtures, improvements and other structures thereon.
Register is defined in Section 11.8.
Regulation D means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor thereto.
Reportable Event means any of the events described in Section 4043 of
ERISA and the regulations thereunder.
Requirement of Law means (a) the Governing Documents of a Person, (b)
any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an
arbitrator, court or other Governmental Authority, or (c) any franchise,
license, lease, permit, certificate, authorization, qualification, easement,
right of way, right or approval binding on a Person or any of its property.
Retiree Health Plan means an "employee welfare benefit plan" within the
meaning of Section 3(l) of ERISA that provides benefits to persons after
termination of employment, other than as required by Section 601 of ERISA.
Revolving Credit Commitment of a Lender means its commitment to make
Revolving Loans and to participate in Letters of Credit, up to the amount set
forth opposite its name on Annex I, as such annex may be amended from time to
time, under the heading "Revolving Credit Commitment," as such amount may be
reduced from time to time.
Revolving Loans is defined in Section 2.2.
Revolving Note means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the
order of any Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.
Scheduled Term Loan Installment is defined in Section 2.1.
Second Equity Issuance means the issuance by the Borrower of
approximately $40,000,000 of its common stock in a public offering during or
around May 1999.
Settlement Date is defined in Section 2.5.
Specified Real Property means the four parcels of Real Property owned
or leased by the Credit Parties located at (i) 2660 North Locust Avenue, Rialto,
California, (ii) 11755 North Maricopa Entrance Road, Maricopa, Arizona, (iii)
4010 South 36th Street, Phoenix, Arizona, (iv) 3550 Duncanville Road, Dallas,
Texas; and (v) 3926 S.W. 29th Street, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.
Subsidiaries Security Agreement means the Security Agreements executed
by the Subsidiaries of the Borrower in favor of the Agent pursuant to Section
5.1(a), substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2.
17
<PAGE> 25
Subsidiary of a Person means a corporation or other entity in which
that Person directly or indirectly owns or controls the shares of stock or other
ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the
board of directors or appoint other managers of such corporation or other
entity.
Subordinated Debt means Indebtedness in the aggregate principal amount
of $6,000,000 owing under the 12% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2002 issued by
the Borrower on or about October 14, 1997.
Term Commitment is defined in Section 2.1.
Term Loans is defined in Section 2.1.
Term Note means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order
of any Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.
Termination Event means (i) a Reportable Event with respect to any
Benefit Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (ii) the withdrawal of the Borrower, any of
its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate from a Benefit Plan during a plan year
in which it was a "substantial employer" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of
ERISA); (iii) the providing of notice of intent to terminate a Benefit Plan in a
distress termination (as described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA); (iv) the
institution by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of proceedings to
terminate a Benefit Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (v) any event or condition (a)
which might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination
of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Benefit Plan or
Multiemployer Plan, or (b) that may result in termination of a Multiemployer
Plan pursuant to Section 4041A of ERISA; or (vi) the partial or complete
withdrawal within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA, of the
Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer
Plan.
Total Commitments means the sum of the Commitments of all the Lenders,
which shall not exceed $125,833,333.40.
Trailers means over-the-road tractor trailers and trailers intended for
use as storage facilities not constituting portable and ISO containers owned by
the Borrower.
Trademark Security Agreements means the Confirmation and Grant of
Security Interests in Trademarks and Trademark Applications executed by the
Borrower and the Borrower's Subsidiaries in favor of the Agent pursuant to
Section 5.l(a), substantially in the form of Exhibit R.
Type means, in reference to a Revolving Loan or Term Loan, that it is a
Eurodollar Rate Loan or a Prime Rate Loan.
Unused Line Fee is defined in Section 4.3.
Working Capital means: (i) Current Assets minus (ii) Current
Liabilities.
18
<PAGE> 26
1.2 Accounting Terms and Determinations. Unless otherwise defined or
specified herein, all accounting terms used in this Credit Agreement shall be
construed in accordance with GAAP, applied on a basis consistent in all material
respects with the Financial Statements delivered to the Agent on or before the
Closing Date. All accounting determinations for purposes of determining
compliance with Sections 8.1 through 8.8 hereof shall be made in accordance with
GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date and applied on a basis consistent in all
material respects with the audited Financial Statements delivered to the Agent
on or before the Closing Date. The Financial Statements required to be delivered
hereunder from and after the Closing Date, and all financial records, shall be
maintained in accordance with GAAP. If GAAP shall change from the basis used in
preparing the audited Financial Statements delivered to the Agent on or before
the Closing Date, the certificates required to be delivered pursuant to Section
7.1 demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained herein shall, at the
election of the Borrower or upon the request of the Majority Lenders, include
calculations setting forth the adjustments necessary to demonstrate how the
Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenants based upon GAAP as in
effect on the Closing Date.
1.3 Other Terms; Headings. Terms used herein that are defined in the
Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of California (the "Code") shall
have the meanings given in the Code. Each of the words "hereof," "herein," and
"hereunder" refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole. An Event of Default shall
"continue" or be "continuing" until such Event of Default has been waived in
accordance with Section 11.11 hereof. References to Articles, Sections, Annexes,
Schedules, and Exhibits are internal references to this Credit Agreement, and to
its attachments, unless otherwise specified. The headings and the Table of
Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or
construction of any provision of this Credit Agreement.
1.4 Prior Credit Agreement. This Credit Agreement evidences the
amendment and restatement of the Prior Credit Agreement. Upon the effectiveness
of this Credit Agreement, the Prior Credit Agreement will be superseded in its
entirety and all references to the Credit Agreement that are contained in the
Credit Documents shall be deemed to refer to this Credit Agreement, without the
need for further amendment of those Credit Documents. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, all of the Obligations outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement
and all of the liens and security interests securing the same shall continue in
all respects. This Credit Agreement shall not be deemed to evidence a repayment
and reborrowing or novation of those Obligations. Without limiting the
foregoing, the Borrower hereby ratifies and reffirms all of its obligations
under each of the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, that certain
Borrower Security Agreement, dated as of March 28, 1996, between the Borrower
and the Agent, that certain Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 28, 1996,
between the Borrower and the Agent, that certain Confirmation and Grant of
Security Interest in Patents and Patent Applications, dated as of March 28,
1996, between the Borrower and the Agent and that certain Confirmation and Grant
of Security Interest in Trademarks and Trademark Applications, dated as of March
28, 1996, between the Borrower and the Agent, and agrees that each of the Credit
Documents shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the
Obligations arising under this Credit Agreement.
19
<PAGE> 27
ARTICLE II.
LOANS
2.1 Term Loan Facility.
(a) Amounts of Term Loans.
(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement, on the Closing Date each Lender severally agrees to make to the
Borrower (but not thereafter), a term loan (each individually, a "Term Loan" and
collectively, the "Term Loans") in an amount not to exceed such Lender's
Proportionate Share of $5,833,333.40 (each Lender's obligation to make a Term
Loan in such amount being referred to herein as its "Term Commitment," which
obligation (and Term Commitment) shall be zero after the making of the Term
Loans on the Closing Date). The Term Loans made on the Closing Date shall be
made as Prime Rate Loans.
(ii) All Term Loans shall be made by the Lenders simultaneously
and proportionately to their respective Proportionate Shares, it being
understood that the Lenders' respective Term Commitments are several and not
joint and that no Lender shall be responsible for any failure by any other
Lender to perform its obligation to make any Term Loan hereunder nor shall the
Term Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of the
failure by any other Lender to perform its obligation to make any Term Loan
hereunder.
(iii) The Term Loans, when repaid or prepaid, whether by
voluntary or mandatory prepayment, in accordance with the terms hereof, may not
be reborrowed.
(b) Term Notes and Scheduled Term Loan Installments.
(i) The Borrower shall execute and deliver to each Lender on the
Closing Date a Term Note, in the principal amount of that Lender's Term Loan.
(ii) The Borrower shall repay the principal amount of the Term
Loans made on the Closing Date in monthly installments of $100,000 each (each a
"Scheduled Term Loan Installment" and collectively, the "Scheduled Term Loan
Installments") on the last day of each month commencing December 31, 1999. The
Term Loans shall be repaid in full on the Expiration Date and, notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Scheduled Term Loan Installment due on the Expiration Date
shall be in the amount necessary to repay the Term Loans in full.
2.2 Revolving Credit Commitments.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Credit
Agreement, on and after the Closing Date and to and excluding the Expiration
Date, each Lender severally agrees to make loans and advances to the Borrower
("Revolving Loans") in an amount not to exceed at any time its Proportionate
Share of the lesser of (x) the total Revolving Credit Commitments (which shall
not exceed $120,000,000) or (y) the Borrowing Base, minus, in each case, the
then outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations.
20
<PAGE> 28
(b) The Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, rely on each
Borrowing Base Certificate and any other schedules or reports in determining the
eligibility of Accounts and Inventory. The Agent, in the exercise of its
Permitted Discretion, may (i) establish and increase or decrease reserves
against Eligible Accounts Receivable and Eligible Inventory, (ii) reduce the
advance rates provided for in this definition, or restore such advance rates to
any level equal to or below the advance rates in effect as of the date of this
Credit Agreement, and (iii) impose additional restrictions (or eliminate the
same) to the standards of eligibility set forth in the definitions of "Eligible
Accounts Receivable," "Eligible Goods Inventory," "Eligible Raw Materials
Inventory," "Eligible Container Fleet Inventory," "Eligible Trailer Fleet
Inventory," "Eligible Work-In-Process Container Inventory," "Eligible Primary
Raw Materials Inventory," and "Eligible Other Raw Materials Component
Inventory."
2.3 Borrowing of Revolving Loans. It is contemplated that Revolving Loans
will be made available to the Borrower directly by the Lenders ("Lender
Advances") and, in the circumstances described in Section 2.3(b), from the Agent
acting on behalf of the Lenders ("Agent Advances").
(a) Lender Advances of Revolving Loans. Subject to the determination by
the Agent and the Lenders that the conditions for borrowing contained in Section
5.2 are satisfied, upon notice from the Borrower to the Agent ("Notice of
Borrowing"), Lender Advances of Revolving Loans shall be made to the extent of
each Lender's Proportionate Share of the requested Borrowing. The Notice of
Borrowing shall specify whether the requested Borrowing is of Prime Rate Loans
or Eurodollar Rate Loans.
(b) Agent Advances of Revolving Loans. The Agent is authorized by the
Lenders, but is not obligated, to make Agent Advances (x) upon a Notice of
Borrowing received by the Agent before 1:00 P.M. New York time on a Business
Day, or (y) upon advice received by the Agent on a Business Day from the
Disbursement Account Bank of the face amount of checks drawn on the Disbursement
Account, which have been or will be presented for payment on that day, minus the
amount of funds then available in the Disbursement Account. All Agent Advances
shall be Prime Rate Loans. Except during the period set forth in Section
2.3(b)(ii), Agent Advances will not at any time exceed the amount available for
borrowing under Section 2.2(a). Agent Advances will be subject to periodic
settlement with the Lenders under Section 2.5. Agent Advances may be made only
in the following circumstances:
(i) For administrative convenience, the Agent may, but is not
obligated to, make Agent Advances in reliance upon the Borrower's actual or
deemed representations under Section 5.2 that the conditions for borrowing are
satisfied.
(ii) If the conditions for borrowing under Section 5.2 cannot be
fulfilled, the Borrower shall in its Notice of Borrowing or otherwise give
immediate notice thereof to the Agent, with a copy to each of the Lenders, and
the Agent may, but is not obligated to, continue to make Agent Advances for
twenty (20) Business Days from the date the Agent first receives such notice, or
until sooner instructed by the Majority Lenders to cease. The Agent is
authorized to make Agent Advances under this subsection (ii) up to the amount
that would otherwise be available for borrowing under Section 2.2(a) plus
$2,000,000. Once notice is given
21
<PAGE> 29
with respect to an event causing the conditions not to be fulfilled, no
additional notice with respect to that event will be effective to commence a new
period under this Section 2.3(b)(ii). All Agent Advances made pursuant to this
clause (ii) shall be due and payable within one (1) Business Day of demand.
(c) Disbursement of Revolving Loans. The proceeds of Revolving Loans
shall be transmitted by the Agent, in the circumstances described in Section
3.5, directly to the Issuing Bank and, in all other circumstances, as requested
by the Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing.
(d) Notices of Borrowing. Notices of Borrowing may be given under this
Section by telephone or facsimile transmission, and, if by telephone, promptly
confirmed in writing substantially in the form of Exhibit F. The Borrower shall
specify in each Notice of Borrowing whether the conditions for the requested
borrowing are satisfied. The Borrower may request one or more Borrowings of
Prime Rate Loans on the same Business Day. Notice of Borrowing for Eurodollar
Rate Loans shall be given not later than 1:00 P.M. New York time on the third
Business Day prior to the proposed Borrowing. Each Notice of Borrowing shall,
unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Revolving
Loans of the same Type and, if such Borrowing is to consist of Eurodollar Rate
Loans, shall be in an aggregate amount for all Lenders of not less than
$2,000,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. The right of
the Borrower to choose Eurodollar Rate Loans is subject to the provisions of
Section 4.13. Once given, a Notice of Borrowing that requests a Lender Advance
is irrevocable by and binding on the Borrower. The Borrower shall provide to the
Agent a list, with specimen signatures, of officers authorized to request
Revolving Loans. The Agent is entitled to rely upon such list until it is
replaced by the Borrower.
2.4 Same Day Settlement of Lender Advances. The Agent shall give each
Lender prompt notice by telephone or facsimile transmission of a Notice of
Borrowing that requests Lender Advances of Revolving Loans. No later than 2:00
P.M. New York time on the date of receipt of the Notice of Borrowing, each
Lender shall make available to the Agent at the Agent's address its
Proportionate Share of such Borrowing in immediately available funds. Unless the
Agent receives contrary written notice prior to the date of any such Borrowing
of Revolving Loans, it is entitled to assume that each Lender will make
available its Proportionate Share of the Borrowing and in reliance upon that
assumption, but without any obligation to do so, may advance such Proportionate
Share on behalf of the Lender.
2.5 Periodic Settlement of Agent Advances and Repayments.
(a) The Settlement Date. The amount of each Lender's Proportionate
Share of Revolving Loans shall be computed weekly (or more frequently in the
Agent's discretion) and shall be adjusted upward or downward based on all
Revolving Loans (including Agent Advances) and repayments received by the Agent
as of 5:00 P.M. New York time on the last Business Day of the period specified
by the Agent (such date, the "Settlement Date").
(b) Summary Statements; Settlements of Principal. The Agent shall
deliver to each of the Lenders promptly after the Settlement Date a summary
statement of the amount of outstanding Revolving Loans (including Agent
Advances) for the period and the amount of
22
<PAGE> 30
repayments received for the period. As reflected on the summary statement: (i)
the Agent shall transfer to each Lender its Proportionate Share of repayments;
and (ii) each Lender shall transfer to the Agent, or the Agent shall transfer to
each Lender, such amounts as are necessary to insure that, after giving effect
to all such transfers, the amount of Revolving Loans made by each Lender shall
be equal to such Lender's Proportionate Share of the aggregate amount of
Revolving Loans outstanding as of such Settlement Date. If the summary statement
requires transfers to be made to the Agent by the Lenders and is received prior
to 12:00 noon New York time on a Business Day, such transfers shall be made in
immediately available funds no later than 3:00 P.M. New York time that day; and,
if received after 12:00 noon New York time, then no later than 3:00 P.M. New
York time on the next Business Day. The obligation of each Lender to transfer
such funds is irrevocable, unconditional and without recourse to or warranty by
the Agent.
(c) Distribution of Interest and Unused Line Fees. Interest on the
Loans (including Agent Advances) together with the amount of the Unused Line
Fee, shall be allocated by the Agent to each Lender in accordance with the
Proportionate Share of Loans actually advanced by and repaid to each Lender, and
shall accrue from and including the date such Loans are so advanced and to but
excluding the date such Loans are either repaid by the Borrower or actually
settled under this Section. Promptly after the end of each month, the Agent
shall distribute to each Lender its Proportionate Share of the interest and
Unused Line Fee accrued during that month. The Agent shall distribute interest
on Eurodollar Rate Loans promptly after it is received.
2.6 Sharing of Payments. If any Lender obtains any payment on account of
the Loans or Letter of Credit Obligations in excess of its Proportionate Share
of such payments, it will immediately purchase from the other Lenders portions
of their Loans and Letter of Credit participations sufficient to cause that
Lender to share the excess payment ratably with all the other Lenders.
2.7 Defaulting Lenders.
(a) A Lender who fails to pay the Agent its Proportionate Share of any
Revolving Loans (including Agent Advances) made available by the Agent on such
Lender's behalf, or who fails to pay any other amount owing by it to the Agent,
is a "Defaulting Lender." The Agent may recover all such amounts owing by a
Defaulting Lender on demand. If the Defaulting Lender does not pay such amounts
on the Agent's demand, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the
Borrower shall pay such amounts within five Business Days. In addition, the
Defaulting Lender or the Borrower shall pay the Agent interest on such amount
for each day from the date it was made available by the Agent to the Borrower to
the date it is recovered by the Agent at a rate per annum equal to (x) the
overnight Federal funds rate, if paid by the Defaulting Lender, or (y) the then
applicable rate of interest calculated under Section 4.1, if paid by the
Borrower; plus, in each case, the Expenses and losses, if any, incurred as a
result of the Defaulting Lender's failure to perform its obligations.
(b) The failure of any Lender to fund its Proportionate Share of any
Revolving Loan (including Agent Advances) shall not relieve any other Lender of
its obligation to fund its
23
<PAGE> 31
Proportionate Share of such Revolving Loan. Conversely, no Lender shall be
responsible for the failure of another Lender to fund its Proportionate Share of
a Revolving Loan.
(c) The Agent shall not be obligated to transfer to a Defaulting Lender
any payments made by the Borrower to the Agent for the Defaulting Lender's
benefit; nor shall a Defaulting Lender be entitled to the sharing of any
payments hereunder. Amounts payable to a Defaulting Lender shall instead be paid
to or retained by the Agent. The Agent may hold and, in its discretion, re-lend
to the Borrower the amount of all such payments received or retained by it for
the account of such Defaulting Lender. For purposes of voting or consenting to
matters with respect to the Credit Documents and determining Proportionate
Shares, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a "Lender" and such
Lender's Commitment shall be deemed to be zero (-0-). This Section shall remain
effective with respect to such Lender until (x) the Obligations under this
Credit Agreement shall have been declared or shall have become immediately due
and payable or (y) the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Borrower shall have
waived such Lender's default in writing. The operation of this Section shall not
be construed to increase or otherwise affect the Term Commitment or Revolving
Credit Commitment of any Lender, or relieve or excuse the performance by the
Borrower of its duties and obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE III.
LETTERS OF CREDIT
3.1 Issuance of Letters of Credit. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereunder and in reliance on the representations and warranties of the Borrower
set forth herein, the Agent may from time to time cause the Issuing Bank to
issue Letters of Credit hereunder at the request of the Borrower and for its
account, as more specifically described below. The Agent shall not be obligated
to cause the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit if:
(a) Issuance of the requested Letter of Credit (i) would cause the
Letter of Credit Obligations then outstanding to exceed $2,000,000 or (ii) would
cause the sum of the Revolving Loans plus the Letter of Credit Obligations then
outstanding to exceed the lesser of (x) the Revolving Credit Commitments then in
effect or (y) the Borrowing Base then in effect; or
(b) Issuance of the Letter of Credit is enjoined, restrained or
prohibited by any Governmental Authority, Requirement of Law or any request or
directive of any Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law)
or would impose upon the Agent or the Issuing Bank any material restriction,
reserve, capital requirement, loss, cost or expense (for which the Agent or the
Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated) not in effect or known as of the
Closing Date.
3.2 Terms of Letters of Credit. The proposed amount, terms and conditions,
and form of each Letter of Credit (and of any drafts or acceptances thereunder)
shall be subject to approval by the Issuing Bank. The term of each Letter of
Credit shall not exceed 360 days, but may be subject to annual renewal, and in
any event shall have an expiry date not later than five (5) Business Days prior
to the Expiration Date.
24
<PAGE> 32
3.3 Request for Issuance. A request for issuance of a Letter of Credit in
the form of Exhibit K (a "Letter of Credit Request") may be given in writing or
electronically by any officer authorized by the Borrower under Section 2.3(d)
and, if requested by the Agent, promptly confirmed in writing. A Letter of
Credit Request must be received by the Agent no later than 1:00 P.M. New York
time at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed to
by the Issuing Bank) in advance of the proposed date of issuance.
3.4 Lenders' Participation. Immediately upon issuance or amendment of any
Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably and
unconditionally purchased and received from the Issuing Bank, without recourse
or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in all rights and
obligations under such Letter of Credit (other than fees and other amounts owing
to the Issuing Bank) in accordance with such Lender's Proportionate Share.
3.5 Payment of Amounts Drawn Under Letters of Credit. Upon notice from the
Issuing Bank of any drawing under any Letter of Credit, the Agent shall notify
the Borrower of such drawing promptly on the Business Day immediately prior to
the date on which the Issuing Bank intends to honor such drawing. The Borrower
will be deemed to have concurrently given a Notice of Borrowing to the Agent for
Revolving Loans in the amount of and at the time of such drawing. The proceeds
of such Revolving Loans shall be applied directly by the Agent to reimburse the
Issuing Bank for the amount of such drawing.
3.6 Payment by Lenders. If Revolving Loans are not made in an amount
sufficient to reimburse the Issuing Bank in full for the amount of any draw, the
Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the unreimbursed amount of such
drawing and of such Lender's respective participation therein. Each Lender shall
make available to the Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, the amount of
its participation in immediately available funds not later than 1:00 P.M. New
York time on the next Business Day. If any Lender fails to make available to the
Agent the amount of such Lender's participation, the Issuing Bank shall be
entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with
interest at the Federal Funds Rate for the first three Business Days and
thereafter at the Prime Lending Rate. For each Letter of Credit, the Agent shall
promptly distribute to each Lender which has funded the amount of its
participation its Proportionate Share of all payments subsequently received by
the Agent from the Borrower in reimbursement of honored drawings.
3.7 Nature of Issuing Bank's Duties. In determining whether to pay under
any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall be responsible only to determine
that the documents and certificates required to be delivered under that Letter
of Credit have been delivered and that they comply on their face with the
requirements of that Letter of Credit. As among the Borrower, the Issuing Bank
and each other Lender, the Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions
of the Issuing Bank, or misuse of the Letters of Credit by the respective
beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. Any action taken or omitted to be taken
by the Issuing Bank under or in connection with any Letter of Credit, if taken
or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall not
create for the Issuing Bank any liability to the Borrower, the Agent or any
Lender.
25
<PAGE> 33
3.8 Obligations Absolute. The obligations of the Borrower to reimburse the
Issuing Bank for drawings honored under the Letters of Credit and the
obligations of the Lenders under Section 3.6 hereof shall be unconditional and
irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this
Credit Agreement under all circumstances.
3.9 Agent's Execution of Applications and Other Issuing Bank Documentation;
Reliance on Credit Agreement by Issuing Bank. The Agent shall be authorized to
execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Lenders such letter of credit
applications, shipping indemnities, letter of credit modifications and consents
and other undertakings for the benefit of the Issuing Bank as may be reasonably
necessary or appropriate in connection with the issuance or modification of
Letters of Credit requested by the Borrower hereunder. The Lenders, the Agent
and the Borrower all expressly agree that the terms of this Article 3 and
various other provisions of this Credit Agreement identifying the Issuing Bank
are also intended to benefit the Issuing Bank and the Issuing Bank shall be
entitled to enforce the provisions hereof which are for its benefit.
3.10 Additional Payments. If by reason of (a) any change in any Requirement
of Law or any change in the interpretation or application by any Governmental
Authority of any Requirement of Law or (b) compliance by the Issuing Bank or any
Lender with any direction, request or requirement (whether or not having the
force of law) of any Governmental Authority or monetary authority including,
without limitation, Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System as from time to time in effect (and any successor thereto):
(i) any reserve, deposit or similar requirement is or shall be
applicable, imposed or modified in respect of any Letters of Credit issued by
the Issuing Bank or participations therein purchased by any Lender; or
(ii) there shall be imposed on the Issuing Bank or any Lender any other
condition regarding this Section 3.10, any Letter of Credit or any participation
therein;
and the result of the foregoing is to directly or indirectly increase the cost
to the Issuing Bank or any Lender of issuing, making or maintaining any Letter
of Credit or of purchasing or maintaining any participation therein, or to
reduce the amount receivable in respect thereof by such Issuing Bank or any
Lender, then, and in any such case, the Issuing Bank or such Lender may, at any
time within a reasonable period after the additional cost is incurred or the
amount received is reduced, notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay on
demand such amounts as the Issuing Bank or such Lender may specify to be
necessary to compensate the Issuing Bank or such Lender for such additional cost
or reduced receipt, together with interest on such amount from 10 days after the
date of such demand until payment in full thereof at a rate equal at all times
to the Prime Lending Rate per annum. The determination by the Issuing Bank or
any Lender, as the case may be, of any amount due pursuant to this Section,
shall be set forth in a certificate delivered to the Borrower, setting forth the
calculation of any amounts due pursuant to this Section in reasonable detail.
3.11 Replacement of Lender. If the Borrower receives a notice pursuant to
Section 3.10, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing and the Borrower has obtained a commitment from another Lender or
other financial institution,
26
<PAGE> 34
acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable discretion, to become a Lender for all
purposes under this Credit Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Lender
to be replaced, the Borrower may require the Lender giving such notice to assign
all of its Loans, Commitments and other Obligations to such other Lender or
financial institution pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.8(b); provided
that, prior to or concurrently with such replacement (i) the Borrower has paid
to the Lender giving such notice all principal, interest, fees and other amounts
due and owing to such Lender through such date of replacement, (ii) the Agent
has received the processing and recordation fee required to be paid by Section
11.8(b), and (iii) all of the requirements for such assignment contained in
Section 11.8(b), including, without limitation, the receipt by the Agent of an
executed Assignment and Assumption Agreement and other supporting documents,
have been fulfilled.
ARTICLE IV.
COMPENSATION, REPAYMENT AND REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS
4.1 Interest on Prime Rate Loans. The Borrower shall be obligated to pay to
the Lenders on the first Business Day of each month interest on the Prime Rate
Loans, calculated monthly in arrears at an interest rate per annum equal to the
Prime Lending Rate plus (i) with respect to Revolving Loans consisting of Prime
Rate Loans the following basis points, relative to the Debt Ratio in effect, as
set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEBT RATIO AS DEFINED IN SECTION 8.6 PRIME INTEREST RATE PLUS
<S> <C>
> 5.0 75 Basis Points (0.75%)
-
> 4.5 but < 5.0 50 Basis Points (0.50%)
-
> 4.0 but < 4.5 25 Basis Points (0.25%)
-
< 4.0 Zero Basis Points (0.0%)
</TABLE>
(ii) with respect to Term Loans consisting of Prime Rate Loans the
following basis points relative to the Debt Ratio in effect, as set forth below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEBT RATIO AS DEFINED IN SECTION 8.6 PRIME INTEREST RATE PLUS
<S> <C>
> 5.0 100 Basis Points (1.00%)
-
> 4.5 but < 5.0 75 Basis Points (0.75%)
-
> 4.0 but < 4.5 50 Basis Points (0.50%)
-
< 4.0 25 Basis Points (0.25%)
</TABLE>
4.2 Interest on Eurodollar Rate Loans. Interest on Eurodollar Rate
Loans shall be payable on the last day of each Interest Period with respect to
such Eurodollar Rate Loans (and, in the case of any Eurodollar Rate Loan with an
Interest Period of six months, on the three-month
27
<PAGE> 35
anniversary of the commencement of that Interest Period), at the date of
conversion of such Eurodollar Rate Loans (or a portion thereof) to a Prime Rate
Loan and at maturity of such Eurodollar Rate Loans at an interest rate per annum
equal during the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loans to the Adjusted
Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Eurodollar Rate Loans
plus (i) with respect to Revolving Loans consisting of Eurodollar Rate Loans the
following basis points, relative to the Debt Ratio in effect, as set forth
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEBT RATIO AS DEFINED EURODOLLAR RATE
IN SECTION 8.6 (ADJUSTED EURODOLLAR RATE PLUS)
<S> <C>
> 5.0 Two Hundred Fifty Basis Points (2.5%)
-
> 4.5 but < 5.0 Two Hundred Basis Points (2.0%)
-
> 4.0 but < 4.5 One Hundred Seventy-Five Basis Points (1.75%)
-
> 3.5 but < 4.0 One Hundred Fifty Basis Points (1.50%)
-
< 3.5 One Hundred Twenty-Five Basis Points (1.25%)
</TABLE>
(ii) with respect to Term Loans consisting of Eurodollar Rates Loans
the following basis points, relative to the Debt Ratio, as set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEBT RATIO AS DEFINED EURODOLLAR RATE
IN SECTION 8.6 (ADJUSTED EURODOLLAR RATE PLUS)
<S> <C>
> 5.0 Two Hundred Seventy-Five Basis Points (2.75%)
-
> 4.5 but < 5.0 Two Hundred Twenty-Five Basis Points (2.25%)
-
> 4.0 but < 4.5 Two Hundred Basis Points (2.00%)
-
> 3.5 but < 4.0 One Hundred Seventy-Five Basis Points (1.75%)
-
< 3.5 One Hundred Fifty Basis Points (1.50%)
</TABLE>
The Agent upon determining the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for any
Interest Period shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone
(confirmed promptly in writing) or in writing thereof.
4.3 Unused Line Fee. The Borrower shall be obligated to pay to the
Lenders on the first Business Day of each month and on the Expiration Date a fee
equal to (0.375%) per annum calculated monthly in arrears on the average unused
portion of the Total Commitments at the close of business each day during such
month or occurring prior to the Expiration Date (the "Unused Line Fee").
28
<PAGE> 36
4.4 Letter of Credit Fees.
(a) The Borrower shall be obligated to pay to the Lenders on
the first Business Day of each month a fee (the "Letter of Credit Fee"), in an
amount equal to the Letter of Credit Fee listed on the chart below that
corresponds to the Debt Ratio in effect, per annum of the daily weighted average
amount of Letter of Credit Obligations relating to Letters of Credit outstanding
during the immediately preceding month.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEBT RATIO AS DEFINED IN SECTION 8.6 LETTER OF CREDIT FEES
<S> <C>
> 5.0 2.50% per annum
-
> 4.5 but < 5.0 2.00% per annum
-
> 4.0 but < 4.5 1.75% per annum
-
> 3.5 but < 4.0 1.50% per annum
-
< 3.5 1.25% per annum
</TABLE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Letter of Credit Fees on Letter of Credit
Obligations outstanding after the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default shall be payable on demand at a rate equal to the rate at which
the Letter of Credit Fees are charged pursuant to the first sentence of this
Section 4.4(a), plus two (2) percentage points (200 basis points).
(b) The Borrower shall also pay the customary charges, fees and
expenses of Deutsche Bank for the issuance, administration and negotiation of
each Letter of Credit (if Deutsche Bank is the Issuing Bank), and the Agent
shall be entitled to charge to the Loan Account such fees, charges and expenses
of the Issuing Bank as and when incurred by the Agent or any Lender (in each
case, the "Issuing Bank Fees").
4.5 Interest After Event of Default. From the date of occurrence of an
Event of Default until the earlier of (i) the date all Obligations have been
paid and satisfied in full or (ii) the date such Event of Default is waived, the
Borrower shall be obligated to pay to the Lenders interest on the Loans and on
the Letter of Credit Obligations calculated at rates per annum equal to the
rates in effect under Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.4 plus in each case two (2)
percentage points (200 basis points).
4.6 Expenses; Fees. The Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the
Agent's Expenses promptly upon demand and to pay any Fees due and payable on or
prior to the Closing Date.
4.7 Mandatory Payment; Reduction of Commitments; Voluntary Prepayments.
(a) Mandatory Payment. Except during the period described in Section
2.3(b)(ii), the aggregate balance of Revolving Loans and all Letter of Credit
Obligations
29
<PAGE> 37
outstanding at any time in excess of the Borrowing Base then in effect shall be
immediately due and payable without the necessity of any demand.
(b) [Intentionally deleted]
(c) Reduction of Commitments. On the Expiration Date, the Commitment of
each Lender shall automatically reduce to zero and may not be reinstated. The
Borrower may reduce or terminate the Commitments at any time and from time to
time in whole or in part. Each such reduction must be in an aggregate amount for
all the Lenders of not less than $5,000,000 (and in increments of $1,000,000
thereafter). If the Borrower seeks to reduce Commitments to an aggregate amount
less than $1,000,000, then the Commitments shall be reduced to zero and this
Credit Agreement shall be terminated. Once reduced, no portion of the
Commitments may be reinstated.
(d) Voluntary Prepayments. The Borrower may prepay Term Loans at any
time, in whole or in part, without penalty or premium (subject to Section
4.13(d)), which prepayments shall be applied to the Scheduled Term Loan
Installments in inverse order of maturity. The Borrower may prepay Revolving
Loans, without penalty or premium, subject to the concurrent reduction of the
Commitments pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.7(c), and subject to
Section 4.13(d).
4.8 Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Account. The Agent shall
maintain an account on its books in the name of the Borrower (the "Loan
Account") in which the Borrower will be charged with all loans and advances made
by the Lenders to the Borrower or for the Borrower's account, including the Term
Loans, the Revolving Loans, and all Letter of Credit Obligations, the Fees, the
Expenses and any other Obligations. The Loan Account will be credited with all
payments received by the Agent from the Borrower or for the Borrower's account,
including all amounts received in the Concentration Account from any Lockbox
Bank or Blocked Account Bank. The Agent shall send the Borrower a monthly
statement reflecting the activity in the Loan Account.
4.9 Payment Procedures. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent to charge
the Loan Account with the amount of all interest, Fees and Expenses and other
payments to be made hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. The
Borrower's obligations to the Agent and the Lenders with respect to such
payments shall be discharged by the Agent's charging the Loan Account as
provided herein.
4.10 Collection of Accounts. The Borrower shall at all times maintain
lockboxes (the "Lockboxes") and blocked deposit accounts (the "Blocked
Accounts") and shall instruct all account debtors on the Accounts of the
Borrower to remit all Collections to such Lockboxes, except for Collections
consisting of payments made by wire transfer or transmitted by the automated
clearing house system, with respect to which the account debtors shall be
instructed to send such payments to an account (the "Concentration Account")
maintained by the Agent at Deutsche Bank. All other payments received by the
Borrower shall be deposited in Blocked Accounts. The Borrower, the Agent and
financial institutions selected by the Borrower and acceptable to the Agent (the
"Lockbox Banks" and the "Blocked Account Banks" as the case may
30
<PAGE> 38
be) shall enter into agreements substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 (the
"Lockbox Agreements") or Exhibit C-2 (the "Blocked Account Agreements"), as the
case may be. Termination of such arrangements shall also be subject to approval
by the Agent. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Lockbox Agreements or a Blocked Account Agreements, as the case may be, all
available amounts held in each Lockbox and Blocked Account shall be sent by wire
transfer or automated clearing house system each Business Day to the
Concentration Account.
4.11 Application of Payments. All amounts received in the Concentration
Account from third parties, the Lockbox Banks and the Blocked Account Banks
shall be credited to the Loan Account and applied to amounts due under Section
4.9 and then to the outstanding Revolving Loans. Amounts applied to the
Revolving Loans shall be credited first to Prime Rate Loans and provided no
Default or Event of Default exists, any amount in excess thereof shall be
deposited at the end of a Business Day in an interest-bearing account at
Deutsche Bank in the name of, and under the control of, the Agent, with any
interest earned for the benefit of the Borrower. Any funds in such interest
bearing account will be applied to the Revolving Loans on the next Business Day.
If any amounts collected exceed the Revolving Loans outstanding, and any other
amounts then due hereunder, it shall be disbursed to the Disbursement Account or
as otherwise directed by the Borrower. Except as provided in Section 9.7, after
the occurrence of an Event of Default, and until it is waived, all amounts
received by the Agent from the Lockbox Banks and the Blocked Account Banks, from
liquidation of Collateral or otherwise, shall be applied in the following order:
first, to the payment of any Fees, Expenses or other Obligations due and payable
to the Agent under any of the Credit Documents, including Agent Advances and any
other amounts advanced by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders; second, to the
payment of any Fees, expenses or other Obligations due and payable to the
Issuing Bank under any of the Credit Documents; third, to the ratable payment of
any Fees, Expenses or other Obligations due and payable to the Lenders under any
of the Credit Documents other than those Obligations specifically referred to in
this Section; fourth, to the ratable payment of interest due on the Loans; and,
fifth, to the ratable payment of principal due on the Loans.
4.12 Calculations. All calculations of (i) interest hereunder and (ii)
Fees, including, without limitation, Unused Line Fees and Letter of Credit Fees,
shall be made by the Agent, on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual
number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day)
occurring in the period for which such interest or Fees are payable.
4.13 Special Provisions Relating to Eurodollar Rate Loans.
(a) Continuation. With respect to any Borrowing consisting of
Eurodollar Rate Loans, the Borrower may (so long as no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing), subject to the provisions of Section
4.13(c), elect to maintain such Borrowing or any portion thereof as consisting
of Eurodollar Rate Loans by selecting a new Interest Period for such Borrowing,
which new Interest Period shall commence on the last day of the immediately
preceding Interest Period. Each selection of a new Interest Period shall be made
by notice given not later than 1:00 P.M. New York time on the third Business Day
prior to the date of any such continuation relating to Eurodollar Rate Loans, by
the Borrower to the Agent. Such notice by the Borrower of a continuation (a
"Notice of Continuation") shall be by telephone or facsimile
31
<PAGE> 39
transmission, and if by telephone, promptly confirmed in writing substantially
in the form of Exhibit I, in each case specifying (i) the date of such
continuation, (ii) the Type of Loans (including whether Revolving Loans or Term
Loans) subject to such continuation, (iii) the aggregate amount of Loans subject
to such continuation and (iv) the duration of the selected Interest Period. The
Borrower may elect to maintain more than one Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar
Rate Loans by combining such Borrowings into one Borrowing and selecting a new
Interest Period pursuant to this Section 4.13(a); provided, however, that each
of the Borrowings so combined shall consist of Revolving Loans or Term Loans
having Interest Periods all then ending on the same date. If the Borrower shall
fail to select a new Interest Period for any Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar
Rate Loans in accordance with this Section 4.13(a), such Revolving Loans or Term
Loans will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period
therefore, convert into Prime Rate Loans. The Agent shall give each Lender
prompt notice by telephone or facsimile transmission of each Notice of
Continuation.
(b) Conversion. The Borrower may on any Business Day (so long as no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), upon notice (each
such notice, a "Notice of Conversion") given to the Agent, and subject to the
provisions of Section 4.13(c), convert the entire amount of or a portion of all
Loans of one Type comprising the same Borrowing into Loans of another Type;
provided, however, that any conversion of any Eurodollar Rate Loans into Loans
of another Type shall be made on, and only on, the last day of an Interest
Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loans and, upon conversion of any Prime Rate
Loans into Loans of another Type, the Borrower shall pay accrued interest to the
date of conversion on the principal amount converted. Each such Notice of
Conversion shall be given not later than 1:00 P.M. New York time on the Business
Day prior to the date of any proposed conversion into Prime Rate Loans and on
the third Business Day prior to the date of any proposed conversion into
Eurodollar Rate Loans. Subject to the restrictions specified above, each Notice
of Conversion shall be by telephone or facsimile transmission, and if by
telephone, promptly confirmed in writing substantially in the form of Exhibit J,
in each case specifying (i) the requested date of such conversion, (ii) the Type
of Loans (including whether Revolving Loans or Term Loans) to be converted,
(iii) the portion of such Type of Loan to be converted, (iv) the Type of Loan
such Loans are to be converted into and (v) if such conversion is into
Eurodollar Rate Loans, the duration of the Interest Period of such Loan. Each
conversion shall be in an aggregate amount for the Loans of all Lenders of not
less than $2,000,000 or an integral multiple of $ 100,000 in excess thereof. The
Borrower may elect to convert the entire amount of or a portion of all Loans of
one Type comprising more than one Borrowing into Loans of another Type by
combining such Borrowings into one Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans or
Term Loans of another Type; provided, however, that if the Borrowings so
combined consist of Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Loans shall have Interest
Periods all then ending on the same date.
(c) Certain Limitations on Eurodollar Rate Loans. The right of the
Borrower to maintain, select, continue or convert Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be
limited as follows:
(i) If the Agent is advised by Deutsche Bank that it is not
offering U.S. dollar deposits (in the applicable amounts) in the London
interbank market, or the Agent determines that adequate and fair means do not
otherwise exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for Eurodollar Rate Loans
comprising any requested Borrowing, continuation or conversion,
32
<PAGE> 40
the right of the Borrower to select or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans for such
Borrowing or any subsequent Borrowing shall be suspended until the Agent shall
notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such
suspension no longer exists, and each Loan comprising such Borrowing shall be
made as a Prime Rate Loan.
(ii) If the Majority Lenders shall, at least one Business Day
before the date of any requested Borrowing, continuation or conversion, notify
the Agent that the Eurodollar Rate for Loans comprising such Borrowing will not
adequately reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or funding their
respective Loans for such Borrowing, then the right of the Borrower to select
Eurodollar Rate Loans for such Borrowing shall be suspended until the Agent
shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such
suspension no longer exist, and each Loan comprising such Borrowing shall be
made as a Prime Rate Loan.
(iii) If at any time any Lender reasonably determines
that the making, continuation or conversion of any Loan as a Eurodollar Rate
Loan has become unlawful or impermissible by reason of compliance by that Lender
with any law, governmental rule, regulation or order of any Governmental
Authority (whether or not having the force of law or would result in costs or
penalties), then, and in any such event, such Lender may give notice of that
determination in writing, to the Borrower and the Agent and the Agent shall
promptly transmit the notice to each other Lender. Until such Lender gives
notice otherwise, the right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Rate Loans from
that Lender shall be suspended and each Eurodollar Rate Loan outstanding from
that Lender shall automatically and immediately convert to a Prime Rate Loan;
provided, that if the Borrower receives a notice pursuant to this subsection
(iii), so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing and the Borrower has obtained a commitment from another Lender or
other financial institution, acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable
discretion, to become a Lender for all purposes under this Credit Agreement and
to assume all obligations of the Lender to be replaced, the Borrower may require
the Lender giving such notice to assign all of its Loans, Commitments and other
Obligations to such other Lender or financial institution pursuant to the
provisions of Section 11.8(b); provided further that, prior to or concurrently
with such replacement (i) the Borrower has paid to the Lender giving such notice
all principal, interest, fees and other amounts due and owing to such Lender
through such date of replacement, (ii) the Agent has received the processing and
recordation fee required to be paid by Section 11.8(b), and (iii) all of the
requirements for such assignment contained in Section 11.8(b), including,
without limitation, the receipt by the Agent of an executed Assignment and
Assumption Agreement and other supporting documents, have been fulfilled.
(iv) [intentionally omitted]
(v) There shall not be outstanding at any one time more than an
aggregate of four (4) Borrowings of Loans which consist of Eurodollar Rate
Loans.
(vi) No Agent Advance shall be made as a Eurodollar
Rate Loan.
33
<PAGE> 41
(d) Compensation.
(i) Each Notice of Continuation and Notice of Conversion shall be
irrevocable by and binding on the Borrower. In the case of any Borrowing,
continuation or conversion that the related Notice of Borrowing, Notice of
Continuation or Notice of Conversion specifies is to be comprised of Eurodollar
Rate Loans, the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss, cost or
expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure to fulfill, on or
before the date for such Borrowing, continuation or conversion specified in such
Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Continuation or Notice of Conversion, the
applicable conditions set forth in Article 5, including, without limitation, any
loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason
of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits or other funds acquired by such
Lender to fund the Loan to be made by such Lender as part of such Borrowing,
continuation or conversion.
(ii) If any payment of principal of, or conversion or continuation of,
any Eurodollar Rate Loan is made other than on the last day of the Interest
Period for such Loan as a result of a payment, prepayment, conversion or
continuation of such Loan or acceleration of the maturity of the Revolving Notes
or Term Notes pursuant to Article 9 hereof or for any other reason, the Borrower
shall, upon demand by any Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), pay
to the Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate
such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses which it may reasonably
incur as a result of such payment, including, without limitation, any loss
(including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of
the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any
Lender to fund or maintain such Loan.
(iii) Calculation of all amounts payable to a Lender under this Section
4.13(d) shall be made as though such Lender elected to fund all Eurodollar Rate
Loans by purchasing U.S. dollar deposits in its Eurodollar Lending Office's
interbank eurodollar market.
4.14 Indemnification in Certain Events. If after the Closing Date,
either (i) any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation is
introduced, including, without limitation, with respect to reserve requirements,
applicable to the Agent, to any of the Lenders, or to Deutsche Bank or any other
banking or financial institution from whom any of the Lenders borrows funds or
obtains credit (a "Funding Bank"), or (ii) the Agent, a Funding Bank or any of
the Lenders complies with any future guideline or request from any central bank
or other Governmental Authority, or (iii) the Agent, a Funding Bank or any of
the Lenders determines that the adoption of any applicable law, rule or
regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in
the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority,
central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof has or would have the effect described below, or the
Agent, a Funding Bank or any of the Lenders complies with any request or
directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of
any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, and in the case of any
event set forth in this clause (iii), such adoption, change or compliance has or
would have the direct or indirect effect of reducing the rate of return on any
of the Lenders' capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level
below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, change
or compliance (taking into consideration the Agent's or
34
<PAGE> 42
such Funding Bank's or Lender's policies as the case may be with respect to
capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, and any of
the foregoing events described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) increases the cost
to the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any of the Lenders of (A) funding or
maintaining the Total Commitments or (B) issuing, making or maintaining any
Letter of Credit or of purchasing or maintaining any participation therein, or
reduces the amount receivable in respect thereof by the Agent, the Issuing Bank
or any Lender, then the Borrower shall upon demand by the Agent, pay to the
Agent, for the account of each applicable Lender or, as applicable, the Issuing
Bank or a Funding Bank, additional amounts sufficient to indemnify the Lenders
against such increase in cost or reduction in amount receivable. A certificate
as to the amount of such increased cost and setting forth in reasonable detail
the calculation thereof shall be submitted to the Borrower by the Agent, or the
applicable Lender, Issuing Bank or Funding Bank, within six (6) months of any of
the foregoing events described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii).
4.15 Net Payments.
(a) All payments by the Borrower hereunder to or for the
benefit of any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Agent shall be made without
setoff, counterclaim or other defense. Except as provided in Section 4.15(b),
all such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or
withholding for, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees,
assessments, or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any
jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or
therein with respect to such payments (but excluding any tax imposed on or
measured by the net income or profits of the Lender, the Issuing Bank or the
Agent, as the case may be, pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which it
is organized) together with all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with
respect thereto (collectively, "Covered Taxes"). If the Borrower shall be
required by law to deduct any Covered Taxes from any sum payable hereunder to
any Lender, the Issuing Bank, or the Agent, (A) the sum payable shall be
increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions of
Covered Taxes (including deductions of Covered Taxes applicable to additional
sums payable under this Section 4.15) such Lender, the Issuing Bank, or the
Agent, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have
received had no such deductions been made, (B) the Borrower shall make such
deductions and (C) the Borrower shall pay the full amount so deducted to the
relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable
law. The Borrower shall furnish to the Agent within 45 days after the date the
payment of any Covered Taxes is due certified copies of tax receipts evidencing
such payment by the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
the Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Agent and reimburse each of them, as the
case may be, for the amount of any Covered Taxes so levied or imposed and paid
by them.
(b) Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Agent and the
Borrower (i) two valid, duly completed copies of IRS Form 1001 or 4224 (until
December 31, 2000) or Form W-8ECI and W-8BEN (after December 31, 2000), or
successor applicable form, as the case may be, and any other required form,
certifying in each case that such Foreign Lender is entitled to receive payments
under this Credit Agreement, the Term Notes or the Revolving Notes payable to it
without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes or
with such withholding imposed at a reduced rate (the "Reduced Rate"), and (ii) a
valid, duly completed IRS Form W-8 or W-9 or successor applicable form, as the
case may be, to establish an exemption
35
<PAGE> 43
from United States backup withholding tax. Each such Foreign Lender shall also
deliver to the Agent and the Borrower two further copies of said Form 1001 or
4224 (or W-8ECI or W-8BEN) and W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable forms, or
other manner of required certification, as the case may be, on or before the
date that any such form expires or becomes obsolete or otherwise is required to
be resubmitted as a condition to obtaining an exemption from a required
withholding of United States federal income tax or entitlement to having such
withholding imposed at the Reduced Rate or after the occurrence of any event
requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the
Borrower and the Agent, and such extensions or renewals thereof as may
reasonably be requested by the Borrower and the Agent, certifying (i) in the
case of a Form 1001 or 4224 (or W-8ECI or W-8BEN) that such Foreign Lender is
entitled to receive payments under this Credit Agreement, the Term Notes or the
Revolving Notes payable to it without deduction or withholding of any United
States federal income taxes, unless in any such case any change in a tax treaty
to which the United States is a party, or any change in law or regulation of the
United States or official interpretation thereof has occurred after the Closing
Date and prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be
required that renders all such forms inapplicable or that would prevent such
Foreign Lender from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to
it, and such Foreign Lender advises the Borrower and the Agent that it is not
capable of receiving payments without any deduction or withholding at the
Reduced Rate, or (ii) in the case of a Form W-8 or W-9, establishing an
exemption from United States backup withholding tax.
4.16 Agreed Interest Rate. The Borrower agrees to pay an effective
contracted for rate of interest equal to the rate of interest resulting from all
interest payable as provided in the Notes, plus any additional rate of interest
resulting from the Additional Sums. The Additional Sums shall consist of all
fees, charges, goods, things in action or other sums or things of value (other
than the interest resulting from the interest provided in the Notes) paid or
payable by the Borrower, whether pursuant to this Agreement, the Notes or any
other Credit Document, that may be deemed to be interest for the purpose of any
applicable law that may limit the maximum amount of interest to be charged with
respect to the Loans or the Letters of Credit. The Additional Sums shall be
deemed to be additional interest for the purpose of any such law only.
ARTICLE V.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
5.1 Conditions to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit. The obligation
of each Lender to fund its Term Loan and its Proportionate Share of the initial
Revolving Loan, and the obligation of the Agent to cause the Issuing Bank to
issue the initial Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of
the following conditions precedent:
(a) Closing Document List. The Agent and the Lenders shall
have received each of the agreements, opinions, reports, approvals, consents,
certificates and other documents set forth on the Closing Document List attached
hereto as Schedule A (the "Closing Document List").
(b) Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 1998 (i) no
change, occurrence, event or development or event involving a prospective change
that is reasonably
36
<PAGE> 44
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred and be continuing,
or (ii) there shall not have occurred a substantial impairment of the financial
markets generally that is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect
the transactions contemplated hereby, in each case as reasonably determined by
the Agent and each Lender in its sole discretion.
(c) Fees and Expenses. All Fees and Expenses payable on or
before the Closing Date shall have been paid.
(d) Borrowing Base. The Borrowing Base shall be appropriate,
in the Agent's reasonable discretion, for the Borrower's overall business and
working capital requirements.
(e) Existing Indebtedness. The terms and conditions of any
Indebtedness (including, without limitation, maturities, interest rates,
prepayment and redemption requirements, covenants, defaults, remedies, security
provisions and subordination provisions) of the Borrower to remain outstanding
after the date hereof shall be satisfactory to the Lenders in all respects, and
the Lenders shall be satisfied that the Borrower is not subject to any material
contractual obligations or other restrictions that would be violated by the
transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement.
(f) Capitalization and Corporate Structure. The corporate and
capital structure of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be satisfactory to
the Agent and the Lender in all respects.
(g) Opinion of Counsel. The Agent and the Lenders shall have
received originally executed copies of the opinion of the Borrower's counsel, in
form and substance satisfactory to Agent, covering such matters as shall be
reasonably requested by the Agent and the Lenders.
(h) Insurance. The Agent shall have received and approved
evidence of insurance coverage in amount and scope, and the Borrower's insurers
shall have provided endorsements in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent
naming Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, as loss payee with respect to all
casualty coverage, with customary lender loss payable endorsement provisions,
and naming Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, as an additional insured with
respect to all liability coverage.
(i) Cash Management System. The Borrower shall have
established cash management systems with respect to its operations and those of
its Subsidiaries on terms and conditions satisfactory to Agent and consistent
with Agent's current practices.
(j) Additional Documents. The Credit Parties shall have
executed and delivered to the Agent and the Lenders all documents which the
Agent determines are reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby.
5.2 Conditions Precedent to All Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit.
The obligation of each Lender to fund its Term Loan and its Proportionate Share
of any requested Revolving Loan or of the Agent to cause the Issuing Bank to
issue any requested Letter of Credit is subject to the conditions precedent set
forth below. Each Notice of Borrowing and each Letter
37
<PAGE> 45
of Credit Request, and each issuance by the Borrower of a check drawn against,
or request for transfer from, the Disbursement Account shall constitute a
representation and warranty that such conditions are satisfied.
(a) All representations and warranties contained in this
Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct on and
as of the date of such Notice of Borrowing or Letter of Credit Request or
issuance of a check drawn against, or request for transfer from, the
Disbursement Account, as if then made, other than representations and warranties
that relate solely to an earlier date;
(b) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, or
would result from the making of the requested Loan or the issuance of the
requested Letter of Credit, which has not been waived; and
(c) No event has occurred which has had or would probably have
a Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE VI.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Credit
Agreement and to make the Term Loans and the Revolving Loans and other financial
accommodations described herein, and to induce the Issuing Bank to issue Letters
of Credit, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Agent, the Lenders
and the Issuing Bank that the following are true, correct and complete. Such
representations and warranties, and all other representations and warranties
made by the Borrower in any other Credit Document, shall survive the execution
and delivery of the Credit Documents.
6.1 Organization and Qualification. The Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation, (ii) has the power
and authority to own its properties and assets and to transact the businesses in
which it presently is, or proposes to be, engaged and (iii) is duly qualified
and is authorized to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction
where it presently is engaged in business, except where the failure to be so
qualified, authorized and in good standing would not have a Material Adverse
Effect. Schedule B, Part 6.1 lists all jurisdictions in which the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries are qualified to do business as foreign corporations as of the
Closing Date.
6.2 Authority. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has the
requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform each of
the Credit Documents to which it is a party. All corporate action of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries necessary for the execution, delivery and
performance of any of the Credit Documents has been taken.
6.3 Enforceability. This Credit Agreement and each Credit Document is
the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary of
the Borrower which is a party thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
subject to or limited by bankruptcy,
38
<PAGE> 46
insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium, or other similar laws
relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, and to general
principles of equity.
6.4 No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance of each Credit
Document by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are not in contravention of
any Requirement of Law or any Material Contract and will not, except as
contemplated herein, result in the imposition of any Liens upon any of its
properties.
6.5 Consents and Filings. As of the Closing Date, no consent,
authorization, permit or filing is required in connection with the execution,
delivery and performance of this Credit Agreement or any Credit Document, or the
continuing operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, except (i) those set
forth on Schedule B, Part 6.5, (ii) those that have been obtained or made, and
(iii) filings necessary to create, perfect or retain the perfection of Liens
against the Collateral.
6.6 Government Regulation. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, the Investment
Company Act of 1940, or any other Requirement of Law that limits its ability to
incur indebtedness or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated in
this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.
6.7 Solvency. The fair saleable value of the assets of the Borrower
exceeds all its probable liabilities, including those to be incurred pursuant to
this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents. The Borrower (i) does not
have unreasonably small capital in relation to the business in which it is
engaged and (ii) has not incurred, and does not believe that it will incur,
after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement,
debts beyond its ability to pay as such debts become due.
6.8 Rights in Collateral; Priority of Liens. The Borrower owns all
property consisting of Collateral, free and clear of any and all Liens in favor
of third parties, other than the Liens permitted under Section 8.10 or described
in any title insurance policy obtained by the Lenders in connection with the
Loans. The security interests granted pursuant to the Credit Documents
constitute valid and enforceable first, prior and perfected Liens on the
Collateral, to the extent such Liens can be perfected by the filing of financing
statements, subject only to such Liens permitted under Section 8.10 as Liens
senior in priority to those held by the Lenders.
6.9 Financial Data. The Borrower has provided to the Agent and each of
the Lenders complete and accurate copies of annual audited Financial Statements
for the fiscal years ended on December 31 in 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997
and 1998 together with any Auditor's opinion and "Management Letter" (if issued)
relating thereto, and unaudited Financial Statements for the fiscal quarters
ended March 31, 1999, June 30, 1999 and September 30, 1999 and the month ended
October 31, 1999. Such Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved and, in all
material respects, fairly present the respective consolidated financial
positions, results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower for each of the
periods covered. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any
Contingent Obligation, contingent liability or liability for taxes, long term
leases or
39
<PAGE> 47
commitments, which in accordance with GAAP is not required to be reflected and
is not reflected in such Financial Statements. In addition, the Borrower has
delivered to the Agent and the Lenders certain projected financial data of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated December 1999 including forecasted balance
sheets and income statements and sources and uses of cash for Fiscal Years 2000
through 2002 which take into consideration the transactions contemplated by this
Credit Agreement and which have been made, as of the Closing Date, in good faith
and, as of the Closing Date, the Borrower has no reason to believe such
projections and the assumptions upon which they are based are not reasonable.
6.10 Locations of Offices, Records and Inventory. The address of the
principal place of business and chief executive office of the Borrower is set
forth on Schedule B, Part 6.10. The books and records of the Borrower, and all
its chattel paper and records of Accounts, are maintained exclusively at such
locations. There is no jurisdiction in which the Borrower has any Collateral
(except for vehicles and Inventory in transit for processing) other than those
jurisdictions identified on Schedule B, Part 6.10. A complete list of the legal
name and address of each warehouse at which Inventory is stored is set forth on
Schedule B, Part 6.10. None of the receipts received and to be received by the
Borrower from any warehouseman state that the Inventory covered thereby is to be
delivered to bearer or to the order of a named person or to a named person and
such named person's assigns.
6.11 Subsidiaries; Ownership of Stock. The only direct or indirect
Subsidiaries of the Borrower are those listed on Schedule B, Part 6.11. The
Borrower is the record and beneficial owner of all of the shares of capital
stock of each of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule B, Part 6.11. There are no
proxies, irrevocable or otherwise, with respect to such shares, and no equity
securities of any of such Subsidiaries are or may become required to be issued
by reason of any options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or
commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights
convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of any capital stock of any such
Subsidiary, and there are no contracts, commitments, understandings or
arrangements by which any such Subsidiary is or may become bound to issue
additional shares of its capital stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable for such shares. All of such shares so owned by the Borrower are
owned by the Borrower free and clear of any Liens.
6.12 No Judgments or Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule B,
Part 6.12, no judgments, orders, writs or decrees are outstanding against the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries nor is there now pending or, to the
Borrower's knowledge after inquiry, threatened, any litigation, contested claim,
investigation, arbitration, or governmental proceeding by or against the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving a claim of $100,000 or more;
provided, that after the Closing Date, the representation and warranty under
this Section 6.12 shall be deemed made only as to claims net of insurance
coverage therefor so long as the insurer thereof is not defending any such claim
subject to a reservation of rights.
6.13 No Defaults. Except as set forth on Schedule B, Part 6.13, neither
the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any term of any
Material Contract. Except as set forth on Schedule B, Part 6.13, the Borrower
knows of no dispute regarding any Material Contract.
40
<PAGE> 48
6.14 Labor Matters. Schedule B, Part 6.14 accurately sets forth all
labor contracts (other than individual employment agreements) to which the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party and their dates of expiration.
There are no existing or threatened strikes, lockouts or other disputes relating
to any collective bargaining or similar labor agreement to which the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries is a party.
6.15 Compliance with Law. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries has violated or failed to comply in any material respect with any
Requirement of Law, including, without limitation, ERISA and environmental laws.
6.16 ERISA. None of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
Affiliate maintains or contributes to any Plan, other than those listed on
Schedule B, Part 6.16. The Borrower, each of its Subsidiaries and each ERISA
Affiliate have fulfilled all contribution obligations for each Plan (including
obligations related to the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Internal
Revenue Code). No Termination Event has occurred nor has any other event
occurred that may result in a Termination Event. None of the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries, any ERISA Affiliate, or any fiduciary of any Plan is subject to
any direct or indirect liability with respect to any Plan under any Requirement
of Law or agreement. None of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
Affiliate is required to provide security to any Plan under Section 401(a)(29)
of the Internal Revenue Code.
6.17 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except as disclosed on
Schedule B, Part 6.17, (i) none of the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is
the subject of a judicial or administrative proceeding or investigation relating
to the violation of any environmental, health or safety Requirement of Law, or
asserting potential liability arising from the disposal by any Person of any
hazardous substance; (ii) neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has
filed any notice under any Requirement of Law of treatment, storage, disposal,
spill or release of a hazardous substance; and (iii) neither the Borrower nor
any of its Subsidiaries has knowledge of any contingent liability for any
release of any hazardous substance.
6.18 Intellectual Property. The Borrower possesses such assets,
licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, service marks, trademarks
and trade names as are required to continue to conduct its present business
activities.
6.19 Licenses and Permits. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
has obtained and holds in full force and effect, all franchises, licenses,
leases, permits, certificates, authorizations, qualifications, easements, rights
of way and other rights and approvals which are required for the operation of
its business.
6.20 Taxes and Tax Returns.
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule B, Part 6.20, the Borrower
and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed, without request for extension,
all income tax returns it is required to file. The information filed is complete
and accurate in all material respects. All deductions taken in such income tax
returns are appropriate and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations,
41
<PAGE> 49
except deductions that may have been disallowed but are being challenged in good
faith and for which adequate reserves have been made in accordance with GAAP.
(b) Except for matters which could not result in a material
additional liability, all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental
charges for periods beginning prior to the date hereof, have been timely paid
and neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability for taxes
in excess of the amounts so paid or reserves so established.
(c) Except as set forth in Schedule B, Part 6.20, no
deficiencies for taxes have been claimed, proposed or assessed by any taxing or
other Governmental Authority against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and
no tax liens have been filed. Except as set forth in Schedule B, Part 6.20,
there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened audits,
investigations or claims for or relating to any liability for taxes and there
are no matters under discussion with any Governmental Authority which could
result in a material additional liability for taxes. Except as set forth in
Schedule B, Part 6.20, no extension of a statute of limitations relating to
taxes, assessments, fees or other governmental charges is in effect with respect
to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
(d) Except as set forth on Schedule B, Part 6.20, neither the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation under any written tax
sharing agreement or agreement regarding payments in lieu of taxes.
6.21 Material Contracts. Schedule B, Part 6.21, contains a true,
correct and complete list of all the Material Contracts currently in effect on
the Closing Date. Except as described on Schedule B, Part 6.21, none of the
Material Contracts contains any burdensome restrictions on the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, all of the Material
Contracts are in full force and effect, and no defaults currently exist
thereunder.
6.22 Accuracy and Completeness of Information; Updating of Schedule B.
All factual information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries in writing to the Agent, any Lender, or the Auditors for purposes
of or in connection with this Credit Agreement or any Credit Documents, or any
transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is or will be true and accurate in
all material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or
certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to
make such information not misleading at such time. The Borrower may amend and
deliver to Agent Schedule B, amended to reflect any such changes in factual
matters as are otherwise permitted by the terms of the Credit Documents or are
as otherwise consented to by the Agent or the such of the Lenders as required by
the terms of the Credit Documents.
6.23 Title to Property. All Real Property is identified on Schedule B,
Part 6.23. The Borrower has good and marketable title in fee simple to, or a
valid leasehold interest in, all its Real Property, and none of such Real
Property is subject to any Lien other than as permitted under Section 8.10 or
described in any title insurance policy obtained by the Lenders in connection
with the Loans.
42
<PAGE> 50
6.24 Affiliate Transactions. Except as set forth on Schedule B, Part
6.24 neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any
agreement or arrangement (whether oral or written) to which any Affiliate of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party except (i) in the ordinary course of and
pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's
business and (ii) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the
Borrower and such Subsidiary than it could obtain in a comparable arm's-length
transaction with an unaffiliated Person.
6.25 Recording Taxes. All mortgage recording taxes, recording fees and
other charges payable in connection with the filing and recording of the Credit
Documents have either been paid in full by the Borrower or arrangements for the
payment of such amounts satisfactory to the Agent shall have been made.
6.26 No Change. There has been no development or event nor any
prospective development or event, which has had or would probably have a
Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE VII.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Until termination of this Credit Agreement and payment and
satisfaction of all Obligations due hereunder:
7.1 Financial Reporting. The Borrower shall timely deliver to each
Lender the following information:
(a) Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available, but not
later than 90 days after each fiscal year end: (i) the Borrower's annual audited
Financial Statements; (ii) a comparison in reasonable detail to the prior year
audited Financial Statements; (iii) the Auditors' unqualified opinion,
"Management Letter" (if issued) and statement indicating that the Auditors have
not obtained knowledge of the existence of any Default or Event of Default
respecting Sections 8.1-8.8 during their audit; (iv) a management discussion and
analysis of the Borrower's consolidated financial condition and results of
operations and the consolidated liquidity and capital resources for such fiscal
year, prepared by the chief financial officer of the Borrower; and (v) a
compliance certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D with an attached
schedule of calculations demonstrating compliance with the Article 8 financial
covenants.
(b) Projections and Budgets. Not later than 45 days after each
fiscal year end, beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999,
projections of the Borrower's financial condition and results of operations for
the next three years, containing projected consolidating balance sheets,
statements of operations, statements of cash flows and statements of changes in
shareholders equity on a monthly basis for the first of the three years,
quarterly for the second, and annually for the third, together with the
Borrower's budget for the then current fiscal year.
(c) Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but
not later than 45 days after each end of each of the first three fiscal
quarters, and 90 days after end of the last fiscal quarter: (i) the Borrower's
Financial Statements as of the fiscal quarter then ended, and for the
43
<PAGE> 51
fiscal year to date; (ii) a comparison in reasonable detail to the Financial
Statements for the corresponding periods of the prior fiscal year; (iii) the
certification of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the
Borrower that such Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with
GAAP (subject to year-end audit adjustments and without notes); (iv) a
management discussion and analysis of the Borrower's consolidated financial
condition and results of operations and the consolidated liquidity and capital
resources for such fiscal quarter and fiscal year to date, prepared by the chief
financial officer of the Borrower; and (v) a compliance certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit D with an attached schedule of calculations
demonstrating compliance with the Article 8 financial covenants.
(d) Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but
not later than 45 days after the end of each month: (i) a balance sheet for the
Borrower as at the end of such month and for the fiscal year to date and
statements of operations and cash flows for such month and for the fiscal year
to date; (ii) a comparison to the balance sheet, statement of operations and
statement of cash flows for the same periods in the prior year; and (iii) a
certification by the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the
Borrower that such balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash
flows have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end audit
adjustments and without notes).
(e) Monthly Comparison to Prior Projections. As soon as
available, but not later than 45 days after the end of month, a comparison of
actual results of operations, cash flow and capital expenditures for the
Borrower for such month and for the period from the beginning of the current
fiscal year through the end of such month with amounts previously projected for
those periods as required under Section 7.1(b) and with actual results for
corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year.
7.2 Collateral Reporting. The Borrower shall timely deliver to the
Agent the following certificates and reports:
(a) Monthly Borrowing Base Certificates. Monthly, within five
(5) Business Days after the last Business day of each month, and at any other
time requested by the Agent, a borrowing base certificate (the "Borrowing Base
Certificate"), which shall be: (i) completed substantially in the form of
Exhibit E, detailing the Borrower's Eligible Accounts Receivable and Eligible
Inventory as of the last day of each month, (or as of such other date as the
Agent may request); (ii) prepared by or under the supervision of the Borrower's
chief executive officer or chief financial officer and certified by such officer
subject only to adjustment upon completion of the normal year-end audit of
physical inventory; and (iii) attached to such additional schedules and other
information as the Agent may reasonably request.
(b) Appraisals. When reasonably requested by the Agent, a
report of Eligible Container Fleet Inventory and Eligible Trailer Fleet
Inventory by category and by item (in detail), a report of Inventory, based upon
a physical count, which shall describe the Borrower's Inventory by category and
by item (in detail) and report the then appraised value (at lower of cost or
market) of such Inventory, and a report of Equipment which shall describe the
Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' Equipment (in detail) and report the then
appraised value (at lower of cost or market) of such Equipment. In addition,
when requested by the Agent in the exercise of its
44
<PAGE> 52
Permitted Discretion after consultation with the Borrower regarding the scope
and cost of any such appraisal, the Borrower shall provide the Lenders, at the
Borrower's expense, with appraisals or updates thereof of any or all of the
Collateral. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
appraisals or updates thereof respecting container inventory held for lease
shall not be requested more than twice during any twelve month period. The
Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Agent intends to have performed at
least once such appraisal or update with respect to container inventory held for
least during each twelve month period during the term of this Agreement.
(c) Further Assurances. When reasonably requested by the
Agent, any further information regarding the Collateral, business affairs and
financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
7.3 Notification Requirements. The Borrower shall timely give the Agent
and each of the Lenders the following notices:
(a) Notice of Default. Promptly, and in any event within two
(2) Business Days after the Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence of an Event
of Default or a Default which is reasonably likely to become an Event of
Default, a certificate of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer
of the Borrower specifying the nature thereof and the Borrower's proposed
response thereto, each in reasonable detail.
(b) Proceedings or Adverse Changes. Promptly, and in any event
within five (5) Business Days after the Borrower becomes aware of (i) any
proceeding being instituted or threatened to be instituted by or against the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any federal, state, local or foreign
court or before any commission or other regulatory body (federal, state, local
or foreign), (ii) any order, judgment or decree in excess of $100,000 being
entered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their
respective properties or assets or (iii) any actual or prospective change,
development or event which has had or would probably have a Material Adverse
Effect, a written statement describing such proceeding, order, judgment, decree,
change, development or event and any action being taken with respect thereto by
the Borrower or any such Subsidiary.
(c) ERISA Notices. (i) Promptly, and in any event within ten
(10) Business Days after the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
Affiliate becomes aware that a Termination Event involving a claim against, or
possible liability of, the Borrower of at least $100,000 has occurred, a written
statement of the chief financial officer of the Borrower describing such
Termination Event and any action that is being taking with respect thereto by
the Borrower, any such Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate, and any action taken or
threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor or Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation. The Borrower, such Subsidiary and the ERISA
Affiliate shall be deemed to know all facts known by the administrator of any
Benefit Plan of which it is the plan sponsor; (ii) promptly, and in any event
within three (3) Business Days after the filing thereof with the Internal
Revenue Service, a copy of each funding waiver request filed with respect to any
Benefit Plan and all communications received by the Borrower, any of its
Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to such request; and (iii)
promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days after receipt by the
45
<PAGE> 53
Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, of the PBGC's
intention to terminate a Benefit Plan or to have a trustee appointed to
administer a Benefit Plan, copies of each such notice.
(d) Environmental and Health and Safety Notices. Promptly, and
in any event within ten (10) Business Days after receipt by the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries of any notice, complaint or order alleging actual or
prospective violation of any environmental, health or safety Requirement of Law
by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or alleging responsibility of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for costs of a cleanup, together with a copy
of such notice, complaint, or order and a written statement describing any
action being taken with respect thereto by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary.
(e) Material Contracts. Promptly, and in any event within ten
(10) Business Days after any Material Contract of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries is terminated or amended or any new Material Contract is entered
into, a written statement describing such event, with copies of amendments or
new contracts, and an explanation of any actions being taken with respect
thereto.
(f) Collateral Matters. At least thirty (30) Business Days'
prior written notice to the Agent of any change in the location of any
Collateral or in the location of the chief executive office or place of business
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from the locations specified in
Schedule B, Part 6.10, or any change of the corporate name, structure or
identity of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries otherwise permitted hereby.
At least ten (10) days prior to any such change, the Borrower shall cause to be
executed and delivered to the Agent any financing statements, Collateral Access
Agreements or other documents required by the Agent, all in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent.
(g) SEC Filings and Shareholder Communications. Promptly, and
in any event within ten (10) Business Days of the date of filing or
transmission, copies of all filings made by or on behalf of the Borrower with
the Securities and Exchange Commission and of all material communications with
the Borrower's shareholders.
7.4 Corporate Existence. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of
its Subsidiaries to, (i) maintain its corporate existence (except that the
Borrower's Subsidiaries may merge with each other and with the Borrower,
provided the Agent receives five (5) Business Days' prior written notice
thereof), (ii) maintain in full force and effect all licenses, bonds,
franchises, leases, trademarks and qualifications to do business, and all
patents, contracts and other rights necessary or advisable to the conduct of
their businesses, and (iii) continue in, and limit their operations to, the same
general lines of business as presently conducted by them.
7.5 Books and Records; Inspection. The Borrower agrees to maintain, and
to cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, books and records pertaining to
the Collateral in such detail, form and scope as is consistent with good
business practice. The Borrower agrees that the Agent or its agents may enter
upon the premises of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at any time and
from time to time, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice under
the circumstances, and at any time at all on and after the occurrence of a
Default which continues
46
<PAGE> 54
beyond the expiration of any grace or cure period applicable thereto, and which
has not otherwise been waived by the Agent, for the purposes of (i) inspecting
and verifying the Collateral, (ii) inspecting and/or copying (at the Borrower's
expense) any and all records pertaining thereto, and (iii) discussing the
affairs, finances and business of the Borrower with any officers, employees and
directors of the Borrower or with the Auditors.
7.6 Insurance. Except as set forth on Schedule B, Part 7.6, the
Borrower agrees to maintain, and to cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain,
public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance and
replacement value insurance on the Collateral under such policies of insurance,
with such insurance companies, in such amounts and covering such risks as are at
all times satisfactory to the Agent in its commercially reasonable judgment. All
policies covering the Collateral are to name the Agent as an additional insured
and the loss payee in case of loss, and are to contain such other provisions as
the Agent may reasonably require to fully protect the Agent's interest in the
Collateral and to any payments to be made under such policies.
7.7 Taxes. The Borrower agrees to pay, when due, and to cause each of
its Subsidiaries to pay when due, all taxes lawfully levied or assessed against
the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of the Collateral before any
penalty or interest accrues thereon; provided, however, that, unless such taxes
have become a federal tax or ERISA Lien on any of the assets of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries, no such tax need be paid if the same is being
contested, in good faith, by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and
diligently conducted and if an adequate reserve or other appropriate provision
shall have been made therefor as required in order to be in conformity with
GAAP.
7.8 Compliance with Laws. The Borrower agrees to comply, and to cause
each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects with all
Requirements of Law applicable to the Collateral or any part thereof, or to the
operation of its business or its assets generally, unless the Borrower contests
any such Requirements of Law in a reasonable manner and in good faith.
7.9 Use of Proceeds. The Revolving Loans made to the Borrower hereunder
shall be used by the Borrower to pay the costs and expenses of the transactions
contemplated by this Credit Agreement which are due and payable on the Closing
Date, including without limitation the Fees and Expenses due on the Closing Date
pursuant to Article 4 hereof, and for working capital and other general
corporate purposes; and the proceeds of any subsequent Revolving Loans made
hereunder shall be used by the Borrower solely for ongoing working capital
requirements. The Borrower shall not use any portion of the proceeds of any such
Revolving Loans for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any "margin stock" (as
defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System)
in any manner which violates the provisions of Regulation U or X of said Board
of Governors or for any other purpose in violation of any applicable statute or
regulation, or of the terms and conditions of this Credit Agreement.
7.10 Fiscal Year. The Borrower agrees to maintain its fiscal year as a
year ending December 31.
7.11 Maintenance of Property. The Borrower agrees to keep, and to cause
each of its Subsidiaries to keep, all property useful and necessary to their
respective businesses in good
47
<PAGE> 55
working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) in accordance with
their past operating practices and not to commit or suffer any waste with
respect to any of their properties.
7.12 ERISA Documents. The Borrower will cause to be delivered to the
Agent, upon the Agent's request, each of the following: (i) a copy of each Plan
(or, where any such plan is not in writing, complete description thereof) (and
if applicable, related trust agreements or other funding instruments) and all
amendments thereto, all written interpretations thereof and written descriptions
thereof that have been distributed to employees or former employees of the
Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (ii) the most recent determination letter issued
by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Benefit Plan; (iii) for the
three most recent plan years, Annual Reports on Form 5500 Series required to be
filed with any governmental agency for each Benefit Plan; (iv) all actuarial
reports prepared for the last three plan years for each Benefit Plan; (v) a
listing of all Multiemployer Plans, with the aggregate amount of the most recent
annual contributions required to be made by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
to each such plan and copies of the collective bargaining agreements requiring
such contributions; (vi) any information that has been provided to the Borrower
or any ERISA Affiliate regarding withdrawal liability under any Multiemployer
Plan; and (vii) the aggregate amount of the most recent annual payments made to
former employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate under any Retiree Health
Plan.
7.13 Further Assurances. The Borrower shall take, and shall cause each
of its Subsidiaries to take, all such further actions and execute all such
further documents and instruments as the Agent may at any time reasonably
determine in its sole discretion to be necessary or desirable to further carry
out and consummate the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents, to
cause the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to be duly
authorized and to perfect or protect the Liens (and the priority status thereof)
of the Agent on the Collateral.
ARTICLE VIII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Until termination of this Credit Agreement and payment and
satisfaction of all Obligations due hereunder, the Borrower shall comply with,
and, where required, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply with, the
following covenants:
8.1 Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The Borrower shall maintain a
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of not
less than $18,800,000.
8.2 EBITDA. The Borrower shall maintain EBITDA of not less than
$12,500,000 for the immediately preceding four fiscal quarters calculated as of
the last day of each such quarter.
8.3 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Borrower shall maintain for the
immediately preceding four fiscal quarters a ratio of EBITDA to Consolidated
Fixed Charges of not less than the ratio set forth below, in each case
calculated as of the end of each such quarter:
48
<PAGE> 56
FOUR QUARTERS ENDED RATIO
12/31/99 1.0:1.0
3/31/00 1.35:1.0
and thereafter
8.4 Interest Coverage Ratio. The Borrower shall maintain for the
immediately preceding four fiscal quarters a ratio of (a) EBITDA to (b) Interest
Expense of not less than 2.60:1.0, calculated as of the end of each fiscal
quarter.
8.5 Current Ratio. The Borrower shall maintain for each fiscal quarter
a ratio, calculated as of the end of each such quarter, of Current Assets to
Current Liabilities of not less than 1.50:1.0.
8.6 Debt Ratio. The Borrower shall maintain for the four immediately
preceding fiscal quarters, calculated as of the end of each such quarter, a
ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA of not more than the ratio set forth below:
FOUR QUARTERS ENDED RATIO
12/31/99 4.6:1.0
3/31/2000 5.0:1.0
6/30/2000 5.0:1.0
9/30/2000 5.0:1.0
12/31/2000 5.0:1.0
3/31/2001 4.75:1.0
6/30/2001 4.75:1.0
9/30/2001 4.75:1.0
12/31/2001 4.75:1.0
3/31/2002 4.75:1.0
6/30/2002 4.75:1.0
9/30/2002 4.75:1.0
12/31/2002 4.75:1.0
3/31/2003 4.5:1.0
and thereafter
8.7 Minimum Utilization Rates. The Borrower shall maintain minimum
utilization rates for each fiscal quarter, calculated at the end of each such
quarter as the average amount during such quarter, and calculated as:
49
<PAGE> 57
(a) the number of units of each of the Borrower's Eligible
Container Fleet Inventory which is then subject to valid, current rental or
lease agreements between the Borrower and the renters or lessees thereof,
divided by the aggregate number of units of the Borrower's Eligible Container
Fleet Inventory, of not less than eighty percent (80%); and
(b) (i) the number of units of the Borrower's Eligible
Container Fleet Inventory which is then subject to valid, current rental or
lease agreements between the Borrower and the renters or lessees thereof,
divided by (ii) sum of (A) the number of units of the Borrower's Eligible
Container Fleet Inventory, and (B) the number of units of the Borrower's
Eligible Container Inventory Held For Sale plus the number of units of the
Borrower's Eligible Primary Raw Materials Inventory consisting of unrefurbished
ISO units, of not less than seventy-five percent (75%); provided, that for the
purposes of calculation of compliance with this Section 8.7(b), the aggregate of
the number of units of Eligible Container Inventory Held For Sale plus the
number of units of the Borrower's Eligible Primary Raw Materials Inventory
consisting of unrefurbished ISO units, as a percentage of the sum of clauses (A)
and (B) above, shall not exceed five percent (5%).
8.8 Capital Expenditures. The Borrower shall not make payments for
Capital Expenditures (net of sales of Eligible Container Fleet Inventory) in
excess of the following amounts per fiscal year; provided, that as long as no
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower may carry
forward and add to the next year's limitation amount (but not beyond such next
year) the unused portion of the limitation on Capital Expenditures for the prior
year, up to a maximum of one hundred percent (100%) of the prior year's
limitation amount; and provided, further, that the amount set forth in this
Section 8.8 as an annual limit to Capital Expenditures shall be increased, for a
year in which the Borrower effects any sale of equity securities of the
Borrower, by an amount equal to three hundred percent of the net proceeds
received by the Borrower from any such sale of equity securities of the Borrower
during such year (the "CapEx Equity Increase"). The Borrower shall not make any
Capital Expenditures that are not directly related to the business conducted on
the Closing Date by the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each of
Borrower's fiscal years ending December 31, 2000, December 31, 2001 and December
31, 2002, the Borrower may carry forward the aggregate CapEx Equity Increase
arising from the Borrower's sale of equity securities during the Borrower's
fiscal year ending December 31, 1999, to the extent such aggregate CapEx Equity
Increase does not exceed $111,000,000, by an amount not to exceed the portion of
the such CapEx Equity Increase not counted towards the payment of Capital
Expenditures during the prior fiscal year (up to a maximum of one hundred
percent (100%) of the prior year's limitation amount) as long as (A) no Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (B) for the Borrower's fiscal
years ending December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2002, the ratio of Funded Debt
to EBITDA shall not at any time be greater than 4.0:1.0.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES FOR PLANT,
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT ONLY (I.E.,
EXCLUDING CONTAINER FLEET INVENTORY
FISCAL YEAR ENDED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES HELD FOR SALE)
<S> <C> <C>
12/31/99 $10,900,000 $2,600,000
</TABLE>
50
<PAGE> 58
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES FOR PLANT,
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT ONLY (I.E.,
EXCLUDING CONTAINER FLEET INVENTORY
FISCAL YEAR ENDED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES HELD FOR SALE)
<S> <C> <C>
and thereafter
</TABLE>
8.9 Additional Indebtedness. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly incur, create, assume or suffer to
exist any Indebtedness other than:
(a) Indebtedness under the Credit Documents and Indebtedness
under the Subordinated Debt;
(b) Indebtedness under Interest Rate Agreements in the
ordinary course of business;
(c) Indebtedness described on Schedule B, Part 8.9, and any
refinancing of such Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of
the Indebtedness so refinanced shall not be increased and the refinancing shall
be on terms and conditions no more restrictive than the terms and conditions of
the Indebtedness to be refinanced; and
(d) Indebtedness, including lease obligations, secured by
purchase money liens on or respecting equipment the title to or leasehold
interest in which is acquired after the date hereof, not to exceed $1,250,000 in
the aggregate (irrespective of when due) outstanding at any one time ("Purchase
Money Liens and Leases") so long as each Purchase Money Lien or Lease shall
attach or relate only to the property to be acquired or the acquisition cost of
which is financed through leasing, a description shall have been furnished to
the Agent for any item of equipment for which the purchase price (whether
payable by the Borrower or the lessor thereof) is greater than $50,000 and the
principal amount of the debt incurred (including the principal component of
lease payments) shall not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the purchase
price of the item or items of equipment.
8.10 Liens. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall
directly or indirectly create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist any Lien on any
of its property now owned or hereafter acquired except:
(a) Liens granted to the Lenders under the Credit Document;
(b) Liens listed on Schedule B, Part 8.10;
(c) Purchase Money Liens and Leases;
(d) Liens of warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, workers,
repairmen, common carriers, or landlords, liens for taxes, assessments or other
governmental charges, and other similar Liens arising by operation of law for
amounts that are not yet due and payable or which are being diligently contested
in good faith by the Borrower, so long as the Agent has been notified thereof
and adequate reserves are maintained by the Borrower for their payment;
51
<PAGE> 59
(e) Attachment or judgment Liens not to exceed an aggregate of
$100,000 excluding amounts (i) bonded to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Agent or (ii) covered by insurance to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent;
(f) Deposits or pledges to secure obligations under workmen's
compensation, social security or similar laws, or under unemployment insurance,
not to exceed an aggregate of $250,000;
(g) Deposits or pledges to secure bids, tenders, contracts
(other than contracts for the payment of money), leases, statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds and other obligations of like nature arising in the
ordinary course of business not to exceed an aggregate of $100,000;
(h) Easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the
aggregate, are not substantial in amount and which do not materially detract
from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the
ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(i) Extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing so long as
the aggregate amount of extended or renewed Liens are not increased and are on
terms and conditions no more restrictive than the terms and conditions of the
Liens extended or renewed; and
(j) Liens securing Indebtedness described in Section 8.9(d)
which has been refinanced so long as such refinanced Indebtedness is not secured
by any collateral which did not secure the Indebtedness prior to such
refinancing.
(k) Deposits or pledges to support the Borrower's interest
payment obligations under the Subordinated Debt pursuant to the terms of such
Subordinated Debt, so long as such deposit or pledge relates to an amount which
does not exceed the amount equal to one six-month period of interest on the
principal balance of the Subordinated Debt.
8.11 Contingent Obligations. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly incur, assume, or suffer to exist any
Contingent Obligation, excluding indemnities given in connection with the sale
of Inventory or other asset dispositions permitted hereunder and Contingent
Obligations for Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 8.9 hereof.
8.12 Sale of Assets. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell, lease, assign, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any assets other than (i) Inventory (including containers
held for lease) in the ordinary course of business, (ii) individual items of
Collateral with a book value of less than $250,000 in the aggregate during any
fiscal year, (iii) obsolete or worn out property disposed of in the ordinary
course of business, (iv) dispositions of assets not otherwise addressed by this
Section 8.12, (v) sales of container inventory held for lease for the purpose of
securitization or like off-balance sheet
52
<PAGE> 60
financing with the prior written consent of the Agent and the Lenders, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and (vi) sales of modular building
inventory for the purpose of securitization or like off-balance sheet financing
if the Agent has previously provided its written consent (which shall not be
unreasonably withheld) to the model and structure of such sale if the actual
sale is on terms substantially similar to those of such model and structure,
provided that, with respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), (a) such
dispositions are for fair value, (b) the aggregate consideration is paid in full
in cash at the time of disposition and is either reinvested in the business of
the Borrower (subject to the limitations of Section 8.8) or its Subsidiaries or
used to repay the Loans and applied first to reduce the Scheduled Term Loan
Installments in inverse order of maturity, until paid in full and thereafter to
Revolving Loans to reduce permanently the Revolving Credit Commitments, and (c)
the aggregate amount of all of the dispositions pursuant to clause (iv) does not
exceed $250,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year.
8.13 Restricted Payments. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (a) declare or pay any
dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock of the Borrower)
on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or
other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or
other acquisition of, any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower
or any warrants, options or rights to purchase any such capital stock (other
than up to $10,000 of payments to call warrants with respect to the Borrower's
common stock), whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other
distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash
or property or in obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries except
that any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends to the Borrower or any other
Subsidiary; or (b) make any optional payment or prepayment on or redemption
(including, without limitation, by making payments to a sinking or analogous
fund) or repurchase of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness pursuant to
this Credit Agreement) or of any Mandatory Redeemable Obligation; provided that
any Subsidiary may make payments on account of Indebtedness owing to the
Borrower or any other Subsidiary.
8.14 Investments. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Investment in any Person,
whether in cash, securities, or other property of any kind including, without
limitation, any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower, other than:
(a) Advances or loans (but not sales on open account on
ordinary course of business terms) made in the ordinary course of business,
including those made to finance the sale of Inventory, not to exceed $50,000
outstanding at any one time to any one Person and $250,000 in the aggregate
outstanding at any one time;
(b) loans, investments and advances between the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries in existence as of the date hereof and described on Schedule B,
Part 8.14;
(c) Cash Equivalents;
(d) Deposits with financial institutions, disclosed in
Schedule B, Part 8.16, and which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation ("FDIC") or a similar federal insurance program; provided, however,
that the Borrower may, in the ordinary course of its
53
<PAGE> 61
business, maintain in its disbursement accounts from time to time amounts in
excess of then applicable FDIC or other program insurance limits; and
(e) Such other Investments as the Agent may approve in writing
in its sole discretion.
8.15 Affiliate Transactions. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any
transaction with, including, without limitation, the purchase, sale or exchange
of property or the rendering of any service to, any Subsidiary or Affiliate of
the Borrower, except the transactions in existence on the Closing Date as
described on Schedule B, Part 8.15, and except transactions in the ordinary
course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Borrower's or such
Subsidiary's or Affiliate's business, as the case may be, and upon fair and
reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary or such
Affiliate than could be obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with
an unaffiliated Person.
8.16 Additional Bank Accounts. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, open, maintain or
otherwise have any checking, savings or other accounts at any bank or other
financial institution, or any other account where money is or may be deposited
or maintained with any Person, other than the Disbursement Account and the
accounts set forth on Schedule B, Part 8.16.
8.17 Excess Cash. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit its
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, maintain in the aggregate in all
deposit accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than the
Disbursement Account and payroll accounts), total cash balances and Investments
permitted by Sections 8.14(c), (d) and (e), in excess of an average daily
balance of $200,000 (calculated monthly) at any time for three consecutive
months during which any Revolving Loans are outstanding hereunder.
8.18 Additional Negative Pledges. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise
cause or suffer to exist or become effective, or permit any of its Subsidiaries
to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective, directly or
indirectly, (i) any prohibition or restriction (including any agreement to
provide equal and ratable security to any other Person in the event a Lien is
granted to or for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders) on the creation or
existence of any Lien upon the assets of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or
(ii) any contractual obligation which may restrict or inhibit the Agent's rights
or ability to sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof
after the occurrence of an Event of Default.
8.19 No Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly,
form or acquire any new Subsidiaries, except for Permitted Acquisitions in
compliance with Section 8.21. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, become a general partner on or after the date hereof in
any partnership or joint venture.
8.20 Operating Leases, Off-Balance Sheet Financing. Neither the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly incur, create,
assume or suffer to exist any liabilities for
54
<PAGE> 62
operating leases or other indebtedness or liabilities not reflected as such on
their financial statements other than liabilities described on Schedule B, Part
8.20, and any refinancing of such liabilities, so long as the aggregate amount
thereof so refinanced shall not be increased and the refinancing shall be on
terms and conditions no more restrictive than the terms and conditions of the
liabilities to be refinanced.
8.21 Permitted Acquisitions. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make an Acquisition unless each of the
following conditions is satisfied:
(a) such Acquisition is made by the Borrower;
(b) such Acquisition shall be consensual and shall have been
approved by the board of directors of the Person to be acquired;
(c) both before and after giving effect to such Acquisition,
all representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in any Credit
Document are true and correct and no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, and the Agent shall receive a certificate of the
Borrower to such effect on the date on which such Acquisition is consummated;
(d) both before and after giving effect to such Acquisition
and the incurrence of Indebtedness in connection therewith, all Credit Parties
(including any Subsidiary acquired in such Acquisition) shall be solvent (as
represented in Section 6.7) and the Borrower shall be in compliance with all
financial covenants in Sections 8.1 through 8.7 hereof inclusive on a pro forma
basis, and the Agent shall receive a certificate of the Borrower to such effect
on the date on which such Acquisition is consummated;
(e) the purchase price for any single Acquisition or series of
related Acquisitions in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $10,000,000, nor shall
the purchase price for all Acquisitions during the term of the Agreement exceed
$30,000,000 in the aggregate. For purposes hereof, any Indebtedness assumed in
connection with an Acquisition shall be included in the calculation of the
purchase price;
(f) the Borrower shall have delivered written notice of the
pending Acquisition to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders at least
twenty (20) Business Days prior to its consummation including a detailed
description of such pending Acquisition, which notice shall be accompanied by
historical financial statements for the Person or business to be acquired and
pro forma financial statements giving effect to the Acquisition, in each case in
form and substance satisfactory to Agent, analyses of sources and uses of funds,
pro forma calculations of compliance with the financial covenants in Sections
8.1 through 8.7 hereof and, prior to consummation of the Acquisition, such other
due diligence information as may have been reasonably requested by the Agent,
the Issuing Bank or any Lender;
(g) if a Revolving Loan is to be made in connection with such
Acquisition, the Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing and a Borrowing
Base Certificate from the Borrower, which calculation of the Borrowing Base may
include the assets to be acquired directly by the Borrower in the Acquisition;
55
<PAGE> 63
(h) the Agent shall have received such financing statements,
filings and other Collateral Documents as required (or advisable in the Agent's
judgment) to perfect Liens on any assets to be acquired, including assets of any
new Subsidiary, together with evidence satisfactory to the Agent that such Liens
are first and prior Liens subject only to Permitted Liens;
(i) all new Subsidiaries formed or acquired in such Permitted
Acquisition shall be wholly-owned by the Borrower;
(j) the business and assets to be acquired in such Acquisition
shall be acquired free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens);
(k) any new Subsidiary shall be designated a Credit Party and
shall execute and deliver to the Agent such Collateral Documents as are required
to be executed by a Credit Party (other than the Borrower) and such other
documents as are necessary (or advisable in the Agent's judgment) under
applicable Requirements of Law in order to grant the Agent a perfected first
priority security interest and Lien in the assets of, and ownership interests
in, such Subsidiary (subject only to Permitted Liens); and the Borrower shall
execute and deliver a Pledge Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to
Agent, together with stock certificates and promissory notes and other
instruments endorsed in blank in accordance therewith;
(l) prior to inclusion of any assets in the Borrowing Base,
the Agent shall have received appraisals, in form and substance satisfactory to
Agent, of all Inventory of the Borrower to be included in the Borrowing Base and
shall have completed such review of Accounts and Inventory as it deems necessary
or desirable for inclusion in the Borrowing Base;
(m) the Person or business to be acquired is engaged in the
business conducted by the Borrower immediately prior to the Closing Date or
similar activities related or incidental thereto; and
(n) on or prior to the date of such Acquisition, the Agent
shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, all
acquisition documents related thereto and legal opinions, evidence of solvency,
certificates, Certificates of Title, lien search results and other documents and
instruments reasonably requested by the Agent, which collectively shall confirm
to the Agent's satisfaction that the conditions set forth herein have been
satisfied.
ARTICLE IX.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
9.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following events
shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:
(a) Failure to Pay. The Borrower shall fail to pay: (i) any
Obligation (other than Fees not having a scheduled due date) when due; or (ii)
any Fees not having a scheduled due date within two (2) Business Days of the
Borrower's receipt of demand therefor.
(b) Breach of Certain Covenants. The Borrower shall fail to
comply with any covenant contained in Article 7 or Article 8 hereof.
56
<PAGE> 64
(c) Breach of Representation or Warranty. Any representation
or warranty made by the Borrower in this Credit Agreement or in any other Credit
Document (and in any statement or certificate given under this Credit Agreement
or any other Credit Document), shall be false or misleading in any material
respect when made.
(d) Other Breaches. Any Credit Party shall fail to comply with
any provisions contained in this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document,
other than as set forth in Sections 9.1(a), 9.1(b) and 9.1(c), and such failure
shall continue for ten (10) Business Days after the earlier to occur of (x) the
date such Credit Party knew or should have known of its occurrence or (y) the
date of giving of notice thereof by Agent to such Credit Party.
(e) Dissolution. The Borrower shall dissolve, wind up or
otherwise cease its business.
(f) Insolvency Event. Any Credit Party shall become the
subject of an Insolvency Event.
(g) Change of Control. A Change of Control shall occur.
(h) Cross Default. A default or event of default shall occur
(and continue beyond any applicable grace period) under any note, agreement or
instrument evidencing any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, which default or event of default permits the acceleration of its
maturity, provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness
for which the default or event of default has occurred exceeds $1,000,000.
(i) Failure of Enforceability of Credit Documents; Security.
Any material covenant, agreement or obligation of any Credit Party contained in
or evidenced by any of the Credit Documents shall cease to be enforceable, or
shall be determined to be unenforceable, in accordance with its terms; any
Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm any of its material obligations under any
of the Credit Documents or any Liens granted in connection therewith; or, any
Liens granted in any of the Collateral shall be determined to be void, voidable,
invalid or unperfected, are subordinated or not given the priority contemplated
by this Credit Agreement as reflected in Schedule B, Part 8.10 (except where
such circumstance arises as a result of any action or inaction by any Lender).
9.2 Acceleration and Cash Collateralization. Upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent may take any or all of
the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Agent or any
Lender to enforce its claims against the Borrower:
(a) Acceleration. Upon the written request of the Majority
Lenders, and by delivery of written notice to the Borrower from the Agent, all
Obligations shall be declared to be immediately due and payable (except with
respect to any Event of Default set forth in Section 9.1(f) hereof, in which
case all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable
without the necessity of any request of the Majority Lenders or notice or other
demand to
57
<PAGE> 65
the Borrower) without presentment, demand, protest or any other action or
obligation of the Agent or any Lender.
(b) Termination Of Commitments. Upon the written request of
the Majority Lenders, and by delivery of written notice to the Borrower from the
Agent, the Commitments shall be immediately terminated and, at all times
thereafter, all Revolving Loans made by any Lender pursuant to this Credit
Agreement shall be at such Lender's sole discretion, unless such Event of
Default is waived in accordance with Section 11.11.
(c) Cash Collateralization. On demand of the Agent or the
Majority Lenders the Borrower shall immediately deposit with the Agent for each
Letter of Credit then outstanding, cash or Cash Equivalents in an amount equal
to 110% of the greatest amount drawable thereunder.
9.3 Rescission of Acceleration. After acceleration of the maturity of
the Loans, if the Borrower pays all accrued interest and all principal due
(other than by reason of the acceleration) and all Defaults and Events of
Default are otherwise remedied or waived in accordance with Section 11.11, the
Majority Lenders may elect in their sole discretion, to rescind the acceleration
and return any cash collateral. (This Section is intended only to bind all of
the Lenders to a decision of the Majority Lenders and not to confer any right on
the Borrower, even if the described conditions for the Majority Lenders'
election may be met.)
9.4 Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, the Agent may do any or all of the following:
(a) remove all documents, instruments, files and records
(including the copying of any computer records) relating to the Accounts or use
(at the expense of the Borrower) such supplies or space of the Borrower at the
Borrower's place of business necessary to properly administer and collect the
Accounts thereon;
(b) accelerate or extend the time of payment, compromise,
issue credits, or bring suit on the Accounts (in the name of the Borrower or the
Lenders) and otherwise administer and collect the Accounts;
(c) sell, assign and deliver the Accounts and any returned,
reclaimed or repossessed merchandise, with or without advertisement, at public
or private sale, for cash, on credit or otherwise; and
(d) foreclose the security interests created pursuant to the
Credit Documents by any available procedure, or take possession of any or all of
the Collateral without judicial process and enter any premises where any
Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing
the same.
Any Lender may bid or become a purchaser at any sale, free from any right of
redemption, which right is expressly waived by the Borrower. If notice of
intended disposition of any Collateral is required by law, it is agreed that
five (5) Business Days' notice shall constitute reasonable notification. The
Borrower will assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Agent at such
58
<PAGE> 66
locations as the Agent may specify, whether at the premises of the Borrower or
elsewhere, and will make available to the Agent the premises and facilities of
the Borrower for the purpose of the Agent's taking possession of, removing or
putting the Collateral in saleable form.
9.5 Right of Setoff. In addition to and not in limitation of all rights
of offset that any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have under applicable law,
upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, and whether or not any Lender or
the Issuing Bank has made any demand or the Obligations of any Credit Party have
matured, each Lender and the Issuing Bank shall have the right to appropriate
and apply to the payment of the Obligations of such Credit Party all deposits
and other obligations then or thereafter owing by such Lender or the Issuing
Bank to such Credit Party; provided, that each Lender or the Issuing Bank
exercising such rights shall notify the Agent thereof prior to exercise, shall
refrain from exercising such right until the Agent shall have confirmed to such
Lender or Issuing Bank that such exercise will not prejudice the rights of the
Lenders, and any amount received as a result of the exercise of such rights
shall be shared in accordance with Section 2.6.
9.6 License for Use of Software and Other Intellectual Property. Unless
expressly prohibited by the licensor thereof, if any, the Agent is hereby
granted a license to use all computer software programs, data bases, processes
and materials used by the Borrower in connection with its businesses or in
connection with the Collateral. The Agent agrees not to use any such license
prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default without giving the Borrower prior
notice.
9.7 No Marshaling; Deficiencies; Remedies Cumulative. The net cash
proceeds resulting from the Agent's exercise of any of the foregoing rights to
liquidate all or substantially all of the Collateral (after deducting all of the
Agent's Expenses related thereto) shall be applied by the Agent to the payment
of the Borrower's Obligations to the Agent and the Lenders, whether due or to
become due, in such order as the Agent may elect. The Borrower shall remain
liable to the Agent and the Lenders for any deficiencies, and the Agent and the
Lenders in turn agree to remit to the Borrower or its successors or assigns, any
surplus resulting therefrom. The foregoing remedies are not intended to be
exhaustive and the full or partial exercise of any of them shall not preclude
the full or partial exercise of any other available remedy under the Credit
Agreement, under any other Credit Document, at equity or at law.
ARTICLE X.
THE AGENT
10.1 Appointment of Agent.
(a) Each Lender hereby designates BT Commercial Corporation as
its Agent and irrevocably authorizes the Agent to take action on its behalf
under the Credit Documents, to exercise the powers and perform the duties
described therein, and to exercise such other powers reasonably incidental
thereto. The Agent may perform any of its duties through its agents or
employees.
59
<PAGE> 67
(b) Other than the Borrower's rights under Section 10.8, this
Article 10 is for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders only. The Agent shall
act only for the Lenders and assumes no obligation to or agency or trust
relationship with any Credit Party.
10.2 Nature of Duties of Agent. The Agent has no duties or
responsibilities except those expressly set forth in the Credit Documents.
Neither the Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall
be liable for any action taken or omitted hereunder or in connection herewith,
other than as caused by gross negligence or willful misconduct. The duties of
the Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature. The Agent shall not
have a fiduciary relationship to any Lender or any participant of any Lender.
10.3 Lack of Reliance on Agent. Independently and without reliance upon
the Agent, each Lender has made and shall continue to make its own independent
investigation and analysis of the content and validity of the Credit Documents
or of the performance and creditworthiness of the Credit Parties thereunder. The
Agent assumes no responsibility and undertakes no obligation to make inquiry
with respect to such matters, unless specifically requested to do so in writing
by a Lender.
10.4 Certain Rights of the Agent. The Agent may request instructions
from the Majority Lenders at any time. If the Agent requests instructions from
the Majority Lenders with respect to any action or inaction, the Agent shall be
entitled to await instructions from the Majority Lenders before such action or
inaction. No Lender shall have any right of action based upon the Agent's action
or inaction in response to instructions from the Majority Lenders.
10.5 Reliance by Agent. The Agent may rely upon written or telephonic
communication it believes to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or made by
the proper person. The Agent may obtain the advice of legal counsel (including,
for matters concerning the Borrower, counsel for the Borrower), independent
public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall have no liability
for action or inaction in good faith based upon such advice.
10.6 Indemnification of Agent. To the extent the Agent is not
reimbursed and indemnified by the Borrower, each Lender will reimburse and
indemnify the Agent, to the extent of its Proportionate Share, for any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of
any kind or nature whatsoever (including all Expenses) which may be imposed on,
incurred by or asserted against the Agent in performing its duties hereunder or
otherwise relating to the Credit Documents, unless resulting from the Agent's
gross negligence or willful misconduct.
10.7 The Agent in Its Initial Capacity. In its individual capacity, the
Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and
may exercise them as though it was not performing the duties specified herein.
The terms "Lenders," "Majority Lenders," or any similar terms shall, unless the
context clearly otherwise indicates, include the Agent in its individual
capacity. The Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to,
acquire equity interests in, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust,
financial advisory or other business with the Borrower or any Affiliate of the
Borrower as if it were not performing the
60
<PAGE> 68
duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from the
Borrower for services in connection with this Credit Agreement and otherwise
without having to account for the same to the Lenders.
10.8 Successor Agent.
(a) The Agent may, upon five Business Days' notice to the
Lenders and the Borrower, resign by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders
and the Borrower. The Agent's resignation shall be effective upon the
appointment of a successor Agent.
(b) Upon receipt of the Agent's resignation, the Majority
Lenders may appoint a successor Agent. Unless an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing at the time of such appointment, the successor Agent
shall be subject to approval by the Borrower, which approval shall not to be
unreasonably withheld and shall be delivered to the Majority Lenders within five
Business Days after the Borrower's receipt of notice of a proposed successor
Agent. If a successor Agent has not accepted its appointment within fifteen
Business Days, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a
successor Agent.
(c) Upon its acceptance of the agency hereunder, a successor
Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges
and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged
from its duties and obligations under this Credit Agreement. The retiring Agent
shall continue to have the benefit of this Article 10 for any action or inaction
while it was Agent.
10.9 Collateral Matters.
(a) Each Lender authorizes and directs the Agent to enter into
the Collateral Documents for the benefit of the Lenders. Except as otherwise set
forth herein, any action or exercise of powers by the Majority Lenders under the
Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. Prior to an
Event of Default, without notice to or consent from any Lender, the Agent may
take any action necessary or advisable to perfect and maintain the perfection of
the Liens upon the Collateral.
(b) The Agent is authorized to release any Lien granted to or
held by the Agent upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments
and payment and satisfaction of all of the Obligations, or (ii) upon receipt of
the proceeds of sales of the Collateral permitted hereunder. The Agent may
request and the Lenders will provide confirmation of the Agent's authority to
release particular types or items of Collateral.
(c) The Agent shall have no obligation to assure that the
Collateral exists or is owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, that
such Collateral is cared for, protected or insured, or that the Liens in the
Collateral have been created, perfected, or have any particular priority. With
respect to the Collateral, the Agent may act in any manner it may deem
appropriate, in its sole discretion, given the Agent's own interest in the
Collateral as one of the
61
<PAGE> 69
Lenders, and it shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders,
except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct.
10.10 Actions with Respect to Defaults. In addition to the Agent's
right to take actions on its own accord as permitted under this Credit
Agreement, the Agent shall take such action with respect to a Default or Event
of Default as shall be directed by the Majority Lenders. Until the Agent shall
have received such directions, the Agent may act (or not act) as it deems
advisable and in the best interests of the Lenders.
ARTICLE XI.
MISCELLANEOUS
11.1 GOVERNING LAW. THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF
THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CREDIT DOCUMENTS,
WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS) AND DECISIONS
OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
11.2 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. ALL DISPUTES AMONG THE BORROWER AND
THE LENDERS (OR THE AGENT ACTING ON THEIR BEHALF), WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT,
TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE RESOLVED ONLY BY STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS
LOCATED IN LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA, AND THE COURTS TO WHICH AN APPEAL THEREFROM
MAY BE TAKEN; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE AGENT, ON BEHALF OF THE LENDERS, SHALL
HAVE THE RIGHT, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TO PROCEED AGAINST
THE BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LOCATION REASONABLY SELECTED BY THE AGENT IN
GOOD FAITH TO ENABLE THE AGENT TO REALIZE ON SUCH PROPERTY, OR TO ENFORCE A
JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE AGENT. THE BORROWER AGREES THAT IT
WILL NOT ASSERT ANY PERMISSIVE COUNTERCLAIMS, SETOFFS OR CROSS-CLAIMS IN ANY
PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE AGENT. THE BORROWER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY
HAVE TO THE LOCATION OF THE COURT IN WHICH THE AGENT HAS COMMENCED A PROCEEDING,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON
FORUM NON CONVENIENS.
11.3 SERVICE OF PROCESS. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY DESIGNATES CT
CORPORATIONS SYSTEMS AS THE DESIGNEE, APPOINTEE AND AGENT OF THE BORROWER TO
RECEIVE, FOR AND ON BEHALF OF THE BORROWER, SERVICE OF PROCESS IN SUCH
RESPECTIVE JURISDICTIONS IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS
CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT. IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT A COPY OF
SUCH PROCESS SERVED ON SUCH AGENT AT ITS ADDRESS WILL BE PROMPTLY FORWARDED BY
MAIL TO THE BORROWER, BUT FAILURE OF THE BORROWER TO
62
<PAGE> 70
RECEIVE SUCH COPY SHALL NOT AFFECT IN ANY WAY THE SERVICE OF SUCH PROCESS.
11.4 JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS EACH HEREBY
WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY. INSTEAD, ANY DISPUTES WILL BE RESOLVED IN A
BENCH TRIAL.
11.5 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. NEITHER THE AGENT NOR ANY LENDER SHALL
HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE BORROWER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT, OR
OTHERWISE) FOR LOSSES SUFFERED BY THE BORROWER IN CONNECTION WITH, ARISING OUT
OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS OR RELATIONSHIPS CONTEMPLATED BY
THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION
THEREWITH, UNLESS IT IS DETERMINED BY A FINAL AND NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT OR
COURT ORDER BINDING ON THE AGENT OR ANY SUCH LENDER, THAT THE LOSSES WERE THE
RESULT OF ACTS OR OMISSIONS CONSTITUTING GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
11.6 Delays. No delay or omission of the Agent or the Lenders to
exercise any right or remedy hereunder shall impair any such right or operate as
a waiver thereof.
11.7 Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices and
correspondences hereunder shall be in writing and sent by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight delivery service,
with all charges prepaid, if to the Agent or any of the Lenders, then to BT
Commercial Corporation, 300 South Grand Ave., 41st Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90071,
and if to the Borrower, then to the Borrower at Mobile Mini, Inc., 1834 West
Third Street, Tempe, Arizona 85281, Attn: Richard Bunger, Chief Executive
Officer, and Larry Trachtenberg, Chief Financial Officer, or by facsimile
transmission, promptly confirmed in writing sent by first class mail, if to the
Agent, or any of the Lenders, at (213) 620-8394, and if to the Borrower at (602)
894-6433. Copies of all notices to the Borrower respecting Events of Default
shall also be sent to Bryan Cave LLP, Two North Central, Suite 2200, Phoenix, AZ
85004-4406, Attn: Joseph P. Richardson and if by facsimile, at (602) 364-7078.
All such notices and correspondence shall be deemed given (i) if sent by
certified or registered mail, three Business Days after being postmarked, (ii)
if sent by overnight delivery service, when received at the above stated
addresses or when delivery is refused and (iii) if sent by telex or facsimile
transmission, when receipt of such transmission is acknowledged.
11.8 Assignments and Participations.
(a) Borrower Assignment. The Borrower shall not assign this
Credit Agreement, or any rights or obligations hereunder, without the prior
written consent of the Agent and the Lenders.
(b) Lender Assignments. Each Lender may assign to one or more
banks or other financial institutions all or a portion of its fights and
obligations under this Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Credit
Documents, with the consent of the Agent and the
63
<PAGE> 71
consent of the Borrower (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and upon
execution and delivery to the Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the
Register (as defined below), of an agreement in substantially the form of
Exhibit G (an "Assignment and Assumption Agreement"), together with surrender of
any Note or Notes subject to such assignment and a processing and recordation
fee of $2,500. No such assignment shall be for less than $5,000,000 of the
Commitments and Term Loans unless it is to another Lender. (This Section does
not apply to branches and Affiliates of a Lender, it being understood that a
Lender may make, carry or transfer Loans at or for the account of any of its
branch offices or Affiliates without consent of the Borrower, the Agent or any
other Lender.)
(c) Agent's Register. The Agent shall maintain a register of
the names and addresses of the Lenders, their Commitments, and the principal
amount of their Loans (the "Register"). The Agent shall also maintain a copy of
each Assignment and Assumption Agreement delivered to and accepted by it and
modify the Register to give effect to each Assignment and Assumption Agreement.
Upon its receipt of each Assignment and Assumption Agreement and surrender of
the affected Note or Notes, the Agent will give prompt notice thereof to the
Borrower and deliver to the Borrower a copy of the Assignment and Assumption
Agreement and the surrendered Note or Notes. Within five Business Days after its
receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent a
new Note or Notes to the order of the assignee in the amount of the Commitment,
Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, assumed by it and to the assignor in
the amount of the Commitment, Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, retained
by it, if any. Such new Note or Notes shall re-evidence the Indebtedness
outstanding under the surrendered Note or Notes and shall be dated as of the
Closing Date. The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon the Register exclusively
for purposes of identifying the Lenders hereunder.
(d) Lender Participations. Each Lender may sell participations
(without the consent of the Agent, the Borrower or any other Lender) to one or
more parties in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this
Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Credit Documents. Notwithstanding a
Lender's sale of a participation interest, its obligations hereunder shall
remain unchanged. The Borrower, the Agent, and the other Lenders shall continue
to deal solely and directly with such Lender. No participant shall have rights
to approve any amendment or waiver of this Credit Agreement except to the extent
such amendment or waiver would (i) increase the Commitments of the Lender from
whom the participant purchased its participation interest; (ii) reduce the
principal of, or rate or amount of interest on the Loans subject to such
participation, (iii) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or
interest on, the Loans subject to the participation interest, and (iv) release
any guarantor of the Obligations or all or a substantial portion of the
Collateral, other than when otherwise permitted hereunder.
11.9 Confidentiality. Each Lender agrees that it will use its
reasonable best efforts not to disclose without the prior written consent of the
Borrower any information with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
which is furnished pursuant to this Credit Agreement and which is designated by
the Borrower to the Lenders in writing as confidential, provided that any Lender
may disclose any such information (a) to its employees, auditors, or counsel, or
to another Lender if the disclosing Lender or such disclosing Lender's holding
or parent company in its sole discretion determines that any such party should
have access to such information, (b) as has
64
<PAGE> 72
become generally available to the public, (c) as may be required or appropriate
in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any Governmental Authority
having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Lender, (d) as may be required
or appropriate in response to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any
litigation, (e) in order to comply with any Requirement of Law, and (f) to any
prospective or actual transferee or participant in connection with any
contemplated transfer or participation of any of the Notes or Commitments or any
interest therein by such Lender.
11.10 Indemnification; Reimbursement of Expenses of Collection. The
Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend and hold harmless the Agent,
the Issuing Bank and each of the Lenders and their respective directors,
officers, agents, employees and counsel from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, judgments or expenses incurred by
any of them (except to the extent that it is finally judicially determined to
have resulted from their own gross negligence or willful misconduct) arising out
of or by reason of (a) any litigation, investigations, claims or proceedings
which arise out of or are in any way related to (i) this Credit Agreement or the
transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) the issuance of the Letters of Credit,
(iii) the failure of the Issuing Bank to honor a drawing under any Letter of
Credit, as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any
present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority, (iv)
any actual or proposed use by the Borrower of the proceeds of the Loans or (v)
the Agent's or the Lenders' entering into this Credit Agreement, the other
Credit Documents or any other agreements and documents relating hereto,
including, without limitation, amounts paid in settlement, court costs and the
fees and disbursements of counsel incurred in connection with any such
litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding or any advice rendered in
connection with any of the foregoing, and (b) any remedial or other action taken
by the Borrower or any of the Lenders in connection with compliance by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties, with
any federal, state or local environmental laws, acts, rules, regulations,
orders, directions, ordinances, criteria or guidelines. In addition, the
Borrower shall, upon demand, pay to the Agent and any Lender all costs and
expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and other
professionals) paid or incurred by the Agent or such Lender in (i) enforcing or
defending its rights under or in respect of this Credit Agreement, the other
Credit Documents or any other document or instrument now or hereafter executed
and delivered in connection herewith, (ii) in collecting the Loans, (iii) in
foreclosing or otherwise collecting upon the Collateral or any part thereof and
(iv) obtaining any legal, accounting or other advice in connection with any of
the foregoing.
11.11 Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision
of this Credit Agreement, any part of Schedule B, or any other Credit Document
shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Majority Lenders (or by
the Agent on their behalf), except that:
(a) the consent of all the Lenders is required to (i) increase
the Commitments, (ii) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Notes, any
Letter of Credit reimbursement obligations or any Fees hereunder (other than
Fees that are exclusively for the account of the Agent or the Issuing Bank),
(iii) postpone any date fixed for any payment in respect of principal of, or
interest on, the Notes, any Letter of Credit reimbursement obligations or any
Fees hereunder, (iv) change the percentage of the Commitments, or any minimum
requirement necessary for the Lenders or the Majority Lenders to take any action
hereunder, (v) amend or
65
<PAGE> 73
waive this Section 11.11(a), or change the definition of Majority Lenders, (vi)
subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(b)(ii), increase the advance rates
provided for in the definition of "Borrowing Base," or (vii) except as otherwise
expressly provided in Section 8.12 or elsewhere in this Credit Agreement, and
other than in connection with the financing, refinancing, sale or other
disposition of any asset of the Borrower permitted under this Credit Agreement,
release any Liens in favor of the Lenders on any of the Collateral; and
(b) the consent of the Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case
may be, shall be required for any amendment, waiver or consent affecting the
rights or duties of the Agent or the Issuing Bank under any Credit Document, in
addition to the consent of the Lenders otherwise required by this Section.
The consent of the Borrower shall not be required for any amendment,
modification or waiver of the provisions of Article 10 (other than Section
10.8). The Borrower and the Lenders hereby authorize the Agent to modify this
Credit Agreement by unilaterally amending or supplementing Annex I to reflect
assignments of the Commitments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may
amend Schedule B, Parts 6.1, 6.10, and 6.14, without the consent of the Majority
Lenders.
11.12 Counterparts and Effectiveness. This Credit Agreement and any
waiver of amendment hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together
constitute one and the same instrument. This Credit Agreement shall become
effective on the date on which all of the parties hereto shall have signed a
copy hereof (whether the same or different copies) and shall have delivered the
same to the Agent pursuant to Section 11.7 or, in the case of the Lenders, shall
have given to the Agent written, telecopied or telex notice (actually received)
at such office that the same has been signed and mailed to it.
11.13 Severability. In case any provision in or obligation under this
Credit Agreement or the Notes or the other Credit Documents shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations shall not in any way
be affected or impaired thereby.
11.14 Maximum Rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
elsewhere in this Credit Agreement or in any other Credit Document, the
Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that all agreements among them
under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, whether now existing
or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are expressly limited so that
in no contingency or event whatsoever shall the amount paid, or agreed to be
paid, to the Agent or any Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the
money loaned to the Borrower and evidenced hereby or thereby or for the
performance or payment of any covenant or obligation contained herein or
therein, exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. If due to any circumstance whatsoever,
fulfillment of any provisions of this Credit Agreement or any of the other
Credit Documents at the time performance of such provision shall be due shall
exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, then, automatically, the obligation to be
fulfilled shall be modified or reduced to the extent necessary to limit such
interest to the Highest Lawful Rate, and if from any
66
<PAGE> 74
such circumstance any Lender should ever receive anything of value deemed
interest by applicable law which would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, such
excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal amount
then outstanding hereunder or on account of any other then outstanding
Obligations and not to the payment of interest, or if such excessive interest
exceeds the principal unpaid balance then outstanding hereunder and such other
then outstanding Obligations, such excess shall be refunded to the Borrower. All
sums paid or agreed to be paid to the Agent or any Lender for the use,
forbearance, or detention of the Obligations and other Indebtedness of the
Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law,
shall be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full term of
such Indebtedness, until payment in full thereof, so that the actual rate of
interest on account of all such Indebtedness does not exceed the Highest Lawful
Rate throughout the entire term of such Indebtedness. The terms and provisions
of this Section shall control every other provision of this Credit Agreement and
all agreements among the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders.
11.15 Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall have a term expiring on
the Expiration Date (i.e., the seventh anniversary of the Prior Closing Date);
provided, however, in the event that no Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing on such initial Expiration Date, then the Borrower may elect to
extend the term of this Agreement for one (1) year, and the Expiration Date
shall be the eighth anniversary date of the date of the Prior Closing Date, upon
the delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of the 90 days' prior written notice
of such election.
11.16 Entire Agreement; Successors and Assigns. This Credit Agreement
and the other Credit Documents constitute the entire agreement among the
Borrower, the Agent, and the Lenders, supersedes any prior agreements among
them, and shall bind and benefit the Borrower, and the Lenders and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.
11.17 Survival. All agreements, representations and warranties made
herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and
the other Credit Documents, the making of the Loans and issuance of the Letters
of Credit hereunder. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, any other
Credit Document or implied by law to the contrary, all indemnities set forth
herein, including, without limitation, in Sections 3.10, 4.6, 4.13(d), 4.14 (to
the extent provided therein), 4.15, 10.6 and 11.10, shall survive the payment of
the Obligations and the termination of the Agreement.
67
<PAGE> 75
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Credit
Agreement to be executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized
officers as of the date set forth above.
BORROWER:
MOBILE MINI, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:
Larry Trachtenberg, Chief Financial Officer
AGENT:
BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION
By:
Title:
68
<PAGE> 76
LENDERS:
BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION
By:
Title:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By:
Title:
DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION
By:
Title:
SUMMIT COMMERCIAL/GIBRALTAR
CORP.
By:
Title:
BANK ONE ARIZONA, N.A.
By:
Title:
69
<PAGE> 77
LASALLE BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.
By:
Title:
70
<PAGE> 78
ANNEX I
LENDERS AND COMMITMENT AMOUNTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Revolving Credit Term Commitment
Name and Address of Lender Commitment
<S> <C> <C>
BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION $20,000,000.00 $1,944,444.48
Domestic Lending Office:
BT Commercial Corporation
14 Wall Street
Third Floor
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Bharathi Baliga
Eurodollar Lending Office:
BT Commercial Corporation
14 Wall Street
Third Floor
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Bharathi Baliga
Address for Notices:
BT Commercial Corporation
14 Wall Street
Third Floor
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Bharathi Baliga
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (fka NATIONSBANK, N.A.) $20,000,000.00 $972,222.23
Domestic Lending Office:
Bank of America, N.A.
901 Main Street, 6th Floor
Dallas, Texas 75202
Attention: James E. Casper
Eurodollar Lending Office:
Bank of America, N.A.
901 Main Street, 6th Floor
Dallas, Texas 75202
Attention: James E. Casper
Address for Notices:
Bank of America, N.A.
901 Main Street, 6th Floor
Dallas, Texas 75202
Attention: James E. Casper
</TABLE>
EXHIBIT A-1 -- Page 1
<PAGE> 79
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Revolving Credit Term Commitment
Name and Address of Lender Commitment
<S> <C> <C>
DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION $20,000,000.00 $972,222.23
Domestic Lending Office:
Deutsche Financial Services Corporation
1501 West Fountainhead Parkway, Suite 600
Tempe, Arizona 85282
Attention: Regional Vice President
Eurodollar Lending Office:
Deutsche Financial Services Corporation
1501 West Fountainhead Parkway, Suite 600
Tempe, Arizona 85282
Attention: Regional Vice President
Address for Notices:
Deutsche Financial Services Corporation
1501 West Fountainhead Parkway, Suite 600
Tempe, Arizona 85282
Attention: Regional Vice President
SUMMIT COMMERCIAL/GIBRALTAR CORP. $20,000,000.00
Domestic Lending Office:
Summit Commercial/Gibraltar Corp.
546 5th Avenue, 20th Floor
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Harvey Friedman
Telephone: 212-997-3337
Fax: 212-398-6990
Eurodollar Lending Office:
Summit Commercial/Gibraltar Corp.
546 5th Avenue, 20th Floor
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Harvey Friedman
Telephone: 212-997-3337
Fax: 212-398-6990
Address for Notices:
Summit Commercial/Gibraltar Corp.
546 5th Avenue, 20th Floor
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Harvey Friedman
Telephone: 212-997-3337
Fax: 212-398-6990
</TABLE>
EXHIBIT A-1 -- Page 2
<PAGE> 80
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Revolving Credit Term Commitment
Name and Address of Lender Commitment
<S> <C> <C>
BANK ONE ARIZONA, N.A. $20,000,000.00 $972,222.23
Domestic Lending Office:
Bank One Arizona, N.A.
201 North Central Avenue
21st Floor
Phoenix, Arizona 85004
Attention: Steven Reinhart
Telephone: 602-221-1947
Fax: 602-221-1259
Eurodollar Lending Office:
Bank One Arizona, N.A.
201 North Central Avenue
21st Floor
Phoenix, Arizona 85004
Attention: Steven Reinhart
Telephone: 602-221-1947
Fax: 602-221-1259
Address for Notices:
Bank One Arizona, N.A.
201 North Central Avenue
21st Floor
Phoenix, Arizona 85004
Attention: Steven Reinhart
Telephone: 602-221-1947
Fax: 602-221-1259
LASALLE BUSINESS CREDIT, INC. $20,000,000.00 $972,222.23
Domestic Lending Office:
LaSalle Business Credit, Inc.
135 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Attention: Christopher Clifford
Telephone: (312) 904-8415
Fax: (312) 904-6450
Eurodollar Lending Office:
LaSalle Business Credit, Inc.
135 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Attention: Christopher Clifford
Telephone: (312) 904-8415
Fax: (312) 904-6450
</TABLE>
EXHIBIT A-1 -- Page 3
<PAGE> 81
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Revolving Credit Term Commitment
Name and Address of Lender Commitment
<S> <C> <C>
Address for Notices:
LaSalle Business Credit, Inc.
135 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Attention: Christopher Clifford
Telephone: (312) 904-8415
Fax: (312) 904-6450
</TABLE>
EXHIBIT A-1 -- Page 4
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 11
MOBILE MINI, INC.
STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
1997 1998 1999
------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BASIC:
Common shares outstanding, beginning of year 6,739,324 6,799,524 7,966,863
Effect of weighting shares:
Weighted common shares issued 12.823 1.040.099 2.186.223
------------- ------------- -------------
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding 6,752,147 7,839,623 10,153,086
------------- ------------- -------------
Net income $ 2,200,396 $ 4,483,967 $ 9,003,568
============= ============= =============
Earnings per share $ 0.33 $ 0.57 $ 0.89
============= ============= =============
DILUTED:
Common shares outstanding, beginning of year 6,739,324 6,799,524 7,966,863
Effect of weighting shares:
Weighted common shares issued 12,823 1,040,099 2,186,223
Employee stock options and warrants assumed converted 48,156 577,545 487,352
------------- ------------- -------------
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares
outstanding 6,800,303 8,417,168 10,640,438
------------- ------------- -------------
Net income (Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) $ 2,200,396 $ 4,483,967 $ 9,003,568
============= ============= =============
Earnings per share $ 0.32 $ 0.53 $ 0.85
============= ============= =============
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation by
reference of our report dated January 31, 2000, included in this Form 10-K into
the Company's previously filed Registration Statements File Nos. 333-2868,
333-41495 and 333-86495.
Phoenix, Arizona,
February 29, 2000.
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 5
<CURRENCY> U.S. DOLLARS
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE> 1
<CASH> 547,124
<SECURITIES> 0
<RECEIVABLES> 10,483,302
<ALLOWANCES> 1,621,487
<INVENTORY> 9,644,157
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 19,943,238
<PP&E> 32,367,845
<DEPRECIATION> 9,122,558
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 178,392,486
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 10,398,385
<BONDS> 0
0
0
<COMMON> 114,383
<OTHER-SE> 77,273,102
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 178,392,486
<SALES> 12,820,357
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 66,653,499
<CGS> 8,505,609
<TOTAL-COSTS> 44,789,525
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 0
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 6,113,741
<INCOME-PRETAX> 15,749,233
<INCOME-TAX> 6,299,694
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 9,449,539
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> (424,053)
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 9,003,568
<EPS-BASIC> 0.89
<EPS-DILUTED> 0.85
</TABLE>
